02.06.2014 Views

Reporting - psers

Reporting - psers

Reporting - psers

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

Public School<br />

Employees’<br />

Retirement System<br />

Employer<br />

Reference<br />

Manual<br />

2007-2008


PUBLIC SCHOOL EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM<br />

Employer’s Reference Manual<br />

for <strong>Reporting</strong><br />

Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />

5 North 5 th Street<br />

PO Box 125<br />

Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />

Employer Service Center<br />

Phone 1.888.773.7748 ext 4002<br />

Fax 717.783.8760<br />

E-mail: ContactESC@state.pa.us<br />

Web Address: www.<strong>psers</strong>.state.pa.us


Table of Contents<br />

Chapter 1<br />

Chapter 2<br />

Chapter 3<br />

Accessing the Online System........................................................................................1<br />

Setting Up Your Online User Names and Passwords......................................................................... 4<br />

Create New User Name......................................................................................................................................................5<br />

Edit an Existing User Name ...............................................................................................................................................6<br />

Set User Permissions..........................................................................................................................................................7<br />

Changing Your Security Administrator .............................................................................................................................9<br />

Entering Employer Contact Information .............................................................................................. 10<br />

Membership: Eligibility & Waivers .............................................................................13<br />

Employees Eligible for Membership ..................................................................................................... 13<br />

Full-Time Employees….....................................................................................................................................................13<br />

Part-Time Salaried Employees…....................................................................................................................................14<br />

Part-Time Hourly Employees… .......................................................................................................................................14<br />

Part-Time Per Diem Employees…..................................................................................................................................14<br />

Employees Who Work Part-Time for Several PSERS Employers at the Same Time… .......................................15<br />

Eligible Multiple Service Employees...............................................................................................................................15<br />

Part-Time in Your Employ, Full-Time with Another School Employer ......................................................................16<br />

Conditional Rules for Membership – Dependent on Other Factors ..........................................................................16<br />

Employees Ineligible for Membership .................................................................................................. 16<br />

Independent Contractors ..................................................................................................................................................16<br />

Persons Compensated on a Fee Basis..........................................................................................................................16<br />

School Crossing Guards...................................................................................................................................................17<br />

Retirees Returning to Work ..............................................................................................................................................17<br />

Other Ineligible Employees ..............................................................................................................................................17<br />

Quick Reference Table ............................................................................................................................. 18<br />

Exceptions to Membership Eligibility................................................................................................... 19<br />

Eligibility Questionnaire.....................................................................................................................................................19<br />

Waiving Membership When Employed Part-Time .......................................................................................................20<br />

Member Demographic Information ............................................................................23<br />

What is Member Demographic Information? ...................................................................................... 23<br />

How is Member Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? .......................................................... 24<br />

Member Demographic Info Sub-Menu ...........................................................................................................................24<br />

Member Demographic Information – Create or Change Online..................................................... 25<br />

Entering an Employee’s Member Demographic Information......................................................................................25<br />

Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870).....................................................................................26<br />

Member Demographic Information Window..........................................................................................................26<br />

Member Demographic Information Window..................................................................................................................27<br />

Saving the Member Demographic Information Record ...............................................................................................29<br />

Changing an Employee’s Member Demographic Information ...................................................................................30<br />

Member Demographic Information – Submit by Uploading a File................................................. 31<br />

Format for Member Demographic Information Files ....................................................................................................31<br />

Header of the Member Demographic Information File ................................................................................................32<br />

i


Record Lines in the Member Demographic Information File......................................................................................33<br />

Chapter 4<br />

Chapter 5<br />

Uploading a Member Demographic Information File.........................................................................34<br />

Member Demographic Info Work Area – File Window.......................................................................34<br />

Member Demographic Info Work Area – Record Detail Window....................................................35<br />

Access..................................................................................................................................................................................35<br />

Saving Your Changes .......................................................................................................................................................35<br />

Submitting the Records to PSERS.........................................................................................................35<br />

Member Contract Records ...........................................................................................37<br />

What are Member Contract Records? ...................................................................................................37<br />

Employee Working Multiple Jobs for One Employer.........................................................................38<br />

Employee Works a Full-Time Position Plus Other Positions......................................................................................38<br />

Employee Works Multiple Part-Time Positions but NO Full-Time Position .............................................................39<br />

How are Member Contract Records Transmitted to PSERS? .........................................................40<br />

Member Contract Info Sub-Menu....................................................................................................................................40<br />

Member Contract Records – Creating Individually............................................................................41<br />

Member Contract Information Window...........................................................................................................................42<br />

Saving the Member Contract Record .............................................................................................................................45<br />

Work Status Descriptions .................................................................................................................................................46<br />

Work Status for Non-Contributing Leaves that can be Purchased .......................................................................48<br />

Work Status for Non-Contributing Leaves that cannot be Purchased..................................................................49<br />

Work Status Quick Reference Table ..............................................................................................................................51<br />

Member Contract Records – Create by Uploading a File .................................................................52<br />

Format for Member Contract Information Files.............................................................................................................52<br />

Header of the Member Contract Information File.........................................................................................................53<br />

Record Lines in the Member Contract Information File...............................................................................................54<br />

Uploading a Member Contract Information File..................................................................................56<br />

Member Contract Info Work Area – File Window................................................................................56<br />

Member Contract Info Work Area – Record Detail Window.............................................................57<br />

Access..................................................................................................................................................................................57<br />

Saving Your Changes .......................................................................................................................................................57<br />

Submitting the Records to PSERS.........................................................................................................58<br />

Member Contract Records – Changing Information for an Employee ..........................................58<br />

What You Do When an Employee… ..............................................................................................................................59<br />

Changing Member Contract Records Online ................................................................................................................60<br />

End-Dating a Member Contract Record.....................................................................................................................60<br />

Changing Member Contract Records by Submitting a File ........................................................................................62<br />

End-Dating a Member Contract Record.....................................................................................................................62<br />

Examples.............................................................................................................................................................................62<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – An Introduction ........................................................................................65<br />

What You Will Do Monthly, Quarterly, and Annually.........................................................................65<br />

Monthly: ...............................................................................................................................................................................65<br />

Quarterly, Annual, or As-Needed:...................................................................................................................................66<br />

What Earnings Qualify for Contributions and Contribution Rates ................................................66<br />

Qualified Earnings..............................................................................................................................................................66<br />

Part-Time Hourly and Per Diem Employees .................................................................................................................69<br />

Maximum Earnings Subject to Contributions ................................................................................................................70<br />

Unqualified Earnings (Non Retirement Covered Compensation)..............................................................................71<br />

Consequences of <strong>Reporting</strong> Earnings Incorrectly........................................................................................................74<br />

Determining Employee Contribution Rates .........................................................................................75<br />

Membership Contribution Coverage Group...................................................................................................................75<br />

Membership Class .........................................................................................................................................................75<br />

Quick Reference – When the Contribution Rate Changes.........................................................................................76<br />

Exceptions...........................................................................................................................................................................77<br />

ii


Chapter 6<br />

Chapter 7<br />

Chapter 8<br />

Chapter 9<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Monthly Work Report..............................................................................79<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> by Pay Periods........................................................................................................................ 80<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> by Paycheck Date................................................................................................................... 81<br />

Payment Due Dates................................................................................................................................... 82<br />

Employee Working Multiple Jobs for You ........................................................................................... 82<br />

Changes in an Employee’s Work Status.............................................................................................. 83<br />

How are Work Reports Transmitted to PSERS? ................................................................................ 83<br />

Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Sub-Menu...............................................................................................................................................83<br />

Monthly Work Report – Create Online.................................................................................................. 84<br />

Monthly Work Report - Create by Uploading a File........................................................................... 85<br />

Format for Work Report Files...........................................................................................................................................85<br />

Header of the Work Report File.......................................................................................................................................86<br />

Record Lines in the Work Report File ............................................................................................................................87<br />

Uploading a Work Report File................................................................................................................. 90<br />

Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area ..................................................................................................................... 90<br />

File Window.........................................................................................................................................................................91<br />

Work Reports Created by File Upload........................................................................................................................91<br />

Work Reports Created Online......................................................................................................................................92<br />

Record Detail Window .............................................................................................................................. 93<br />

Access..................................................................................................................................................................................93<br />

Adding a Work Report Record.........................................................................................................................................94<br />

Using the Edit Window ......................................................................................................................................................95<br />

Work Report Record Fields ..............................................................................................................................................96<br />

Saving Your Changes .....................................................................................................................................................103<br />

Submitting the Monthly Work Report to PSERS.............................................................................. 103<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Ensuring the Monthly Work Report Is Complete and Correct ...105<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee Who Works Multiple Positions for You ................................................. 106<br />

When an Employee’s Work Status Changes .................................................................................... 109<br />

If an Employee is Left off a Monthly Work Report........................................................................... 111<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence................................................................................113<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee on Leave........................................................................................................ 113<br />

Contributing Leaves.........................................................................................................................................................113<br />

Non-Contributing Leaves that Can Be Purchased Later...........................................................................................114<br />

Non-Contributing Leaves that CANNOT Be Purchased Later .................................................................................115<br />

Notes about Leaves.........................................................................................................................................................115<br />

When the Employee Returns from Leave .......................................................................................... 117<br />

If the Employee Does NOT Return from Paid Leave.................................................................................................118<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Service Time............................................................................................119<br />

How to Report Service Time ................................................................................................................. 120<br />

How to Calculate Service Time............................................................................................................. 120<br />

Hourly Employees............................................................................................................................................................120<br />

Per Diem Employees.......................................................................................................................................................121<br />

Full-Time Salaried Employees.......................................................................................................................................121<br />

Part-Time Salaried Employees......................................................................................................................................122<br />

Example Service Calculation for Part-Time Salaried Coach....................................................................................124<br />

Employees Working Multiple Positions ........................................................................................................................125<br />

Employees on a Non-Contributing Leave....................................................................................................................125<br />

Employee Terminates Service During the Year ............................................................................... 125<br />

Hourly and Per Diem .......................................................................................................................................................125<br />

Salaried..............................................................................................................................................................................125<br />

Member Contract Record ...............................................................................................................................................126<br />

iii


Chapter 10<br />

Chapter 11<br />

Chapter 12<br />

Chapter 13<br />

Chapter 14<br />

Chapter 15<br />

Chapter 16<br />

Chapter 17<br />

General Rules ............................................................................................................................................126<br />

Verifying Your Reported Service Time is Correct ............................................................................127<br />

How to Correct Reported Service Errors............................................................................................127<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments...................................................................129<br />

When to Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record.......................................................................129<br />

What Information is in a Work Report Adjustment Record............................................................130<br />

Interest for Late Contributions..............................................................................................................130<br />

Adjustments to Fiscal Years Prior to 2004-2005...............................................................................130<br />

How are Work Report Adjustments Transmitted to PSERS? ........................................................131<br />

Adjustments sub-menu ...................................................................................................................................................131<br />

Work Report Adjustments – Create a Manual Report Online ........................................................131<br />

Work Report Adjustments - Create by Uploading a File.................................................................133<br />

Format for Work Report Adjustment Files .........................................................................................133<br />

Header of the Work Report Adjustment File ...............................................................................................................134<br />

Record Lines in the Work Report Adjustment File .....................................................................................................136<br />

Uploading a Work Report Adjustment File.........................................................................................138<br />

Adjustments Work Area..........................................................................................................................138<br />

File Window.......................................................................................................................................................................139<br />

Work Report Adjustments Created by File Upload ................................................................................................139<br />

Work Report Adjustments Created Online ..............................................................................................................139<br />

Record Detail Window.............................................................................................................................140<br />

Access................................................................................................................................................................................140<br />

Adding a Work Report Adjustment Record .................................................................................................................140<br />

Using the Edit Window ....................................................................................................................................................141<br />

Work Report Adjustment Record Fields.......................................................................................................................143<br />

Saving Your Changes .....................................................................................................................................................149<br />

Submitting the Work Report Adjustment(s) to PSERS ...................................................................149<br />

Work Report Adjustments – Examples ...............................................................................................150<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> Information that was Previously OMITTED...............................................................................................150<br />

Salary/Contributions Not Reported ...........................................................................................................................150<br />

Employees Work Report was Rejected ...................................................................................................................151<br />

Adjusting Information that was Reported INCORRECTLY.......................................................................................152<br />

Incorrect Salary/Contributions Previously Reported..............................................................................................152<br />

Incorrect Service Time was Previously Reported ..................................................................................................152<br />

Incorrect Member Purchase of Service Installments .............................................................................................153<br />

Arbitration and Court Decision Payments....................................................................................................................153<br />

Non-Arbitration/Court-Awarded Lump Sum Payments .............................................................................................155<br />

Retroactive Salary Increases Due to Late Contract Settlement ..........................................................................155<br />

Back Pay Award ...........................................................................................................................................................155<br />

Information Sub—Menu ..............................................................................................157<br />

Member Demographics and Contract Records ..........................................................................................................157<br />

Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments .............................................................................................................158<br />

Submitting Records by Uploading Files.................................................................159<br />

Correctly Formatting Files .........................................................................................161<br />

Uploading an Information File...................................................................................163<br />

Work Area – File Window ...........................................................................................167<br />

Created by File Upload ...................................................................................................................................................167<br />

Manual Files Created Online .........................................................................................................................................169<br />

Work Area – Record Detail Window.........................................................................171<br />

Submitting Records to PSERS..................................................................................175<br />

iv


Chapter 18<br />

Chapter 19<br />

Chapter 20<br />

Chapter 21<br />

Chapter 22<br />

How PSERS Responds to Work Reports and Payments....................................177<br />

Employer Statement of Accounts........................................................................................................ 178<br />

Accounts within the Statement ..................................................................................................................................179<br />

Statement Header........................................................................................................................................................179<br />

Account Transactions..................................................................................................................................................180<br />

Account Totals..............................................................................................................................................................182<br />

Employees Missing from the Employer Statement of Accounts..........................................................................182<br />

Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter...............................................................................................................182<br />

Remaining Balance Due After Estimated Payment ...............................................................................................183<br />

Remaining Credit After Estimated Payment............................................................................................................183<br />

No Wages and Contributions Report for Employees Entered as Members of PSERS...................................183<br />

Employer’s Member Current Account Balance Report .................................................................. 184<br />

Payments – Remitting to PSERS ..............................................................................185<br />

Due Dates................................................................................................................................................... 185<br />

Member (Employee) Contributions ...............................................................................................................................186<br />

Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments ............................................................................................187<br />

Employer Contributions...................................................................................................................................................188<br />

Employer Share Income Aid Ratio & Reimbursements - Act 29 .........................................................................189<br />

Administering Act 29 Subsidies.................................................................................................................................189<br />

Income Aid Ratio..........................................................................................................................................................189<br />

Subsidy Distribution.....................................................................................................................................................189<br />

Non-School Entities & Act 29.....................................................................................................................................189<br />

Delinquency Interest Calculations ...................................................................................................... 190<br />

Avoiding Interest Charges ..............................................................................................................................................192<br />

When your Employer Statement of Accounts shows a different due amount than you remitted.......................193<br />

If the total amount remitted is lower than the charge.............................................................................................193<br />

If the total amount remitted exceeds the charge ....................................................................................................193<br />

Methods of Remittance .......................................................................................................................... 194<br />

Payment By Check with a Payment Coupon ..............................................................................................................194<br />

Payment By Check WITHOUT a Payment Coupon...............................................................................................195<br />

Completion of Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions Coupon (PSRS-70) ......................................195<br />

Completion of Monthly Remittance of Member POS Installments Coupon (PSRS-2025)..............................196<br />

Completion of Employer Contribution Remittance (PSRS-608) ..........................................................................196<br />

Payment by Automated Clearing House (ACH) .........................................................................................................197<br />

Internet Method ............................................................................................................................................................197<br />

Touch-tone Method......................................................................................................................................................198<br />

ACH Payment Corrections .........................................................................................................................................198<br />

ACH Assistance ...........................................................................................................................................................198<br />

If Payments Are Not Received by PSERS.......................................................................................... 198<br />

School Districts.................................................................................................................................................................198<br />

Charter Schools................................................................................................................................................................198<br />

Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported.........................................199<br />

Credit for Contributions for Part-Time Employees.......................................................................... 200<br />

Credit for Salaries & Contributions During a Leave of Absence ................................................. 202<br />

Health Insurance ...........................................................................................................205<br />

Contacting PSERS........................................................................................................207<br />

Contacting PSERS through the Online System ............................................................................... 207<br />

Contacting PSERS by Telephone or Fax ........................................................................................... 208<br />

Contacting PSERS by Mail .................................................................................................................... 208<br />

Contacting PSERS by Email ................................................................................................................. 208<br />

Obtaining PSERS Forms........................................................................................................................ 209<br />

Forms within the Online System....................................................................................................................................209<br />

Forms on the PSERS Website ......................................................................................................................................210<br />

Paper Forms .....................................................................................................................................................................210<br />

v


Chapter<br />

1<br />

Accessing the Online System<br />

The PSERS online system will be used to submit most reports and information.<br />

Before attempting any procedure described in this manual, ensure that you know<br />

how to access the system and that your contact information is correct. These<br />

procedures are described in this section.<br />

To access PSERS’ online system, search in Web browser (Internet Explorer version<br />

5.5 or later) to:<br />

http://www.<strong>psers</strong>.state.pa.us<br />

You will see the following screen:<br />

This screen will tell you if the Employer Web Applications are currently available.<br />

Click the “Employers” tab on the upper right-hand side of the screen. The following<br />

screen will appear<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

1


Click the yellow arrow on the right hand side of the screen where it reads “PSERS<br />

Pension Administration System”. This will take you to the Terms and Conditions page.<br />

You must first scroll down and accept the terms and conditions in order to reach the<br />

log on screen.<br />

2<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


You will see the following screen:<br />

Enter the User Name and Password set up for you by PSERS or by your Security<br />

Administrator. If you do not have a User Name set up yet, see Setting Up Your<br />

Online User Names and Passwords on page 4.<br />

After entering your User Name and Password, click “Submit.” The system’s<br />

Employer Services main page appears:<br />

This is your main screen for the online system. All of the online functions described<br />

in this Employer’s Reference Manual for <strong>Reporting</strong> are accessed from the left-hand<br />

menu on this screen.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

3


Setting Up Your Online User Names and Passwords<br />

Before you can begin using the online system, you (the employer) must designate<br />

someone to be a Security Administrator for the online system. This Security<br />

Administrator will set up users at your location and will maintain these users’<br />

accounts.<br />

Follow the procedures found on page 9, Changing Your Security Administrator, if<br />

your Security Administrator leaves or changes.<br />

Your Security Administrator must be set up with a User Name and Password to begin<br />

using the online system. To request this, you must complete a PSERS Employer<br />

Security Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270) form and submit this to PSERS.<br />

PSERS Employer Security Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270) form<br />

You may access the PSERS Employer Security Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270)<br />

form on the PSERS website or by calling the Employer Service Center toll-free at<br />

1-888-773-7748, extension 4002.<br />

You must fill out the PSERS Employer Security Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270)<br />

form and return it to PSERS within one month of accepting the role of Security<br />

Administrator so that you can begin submitting your reports. PSERS will process your<br />

request and will send your Security Administrator a letter with an Initial User Name and a<br />

separate e-mail with an initial Password.<br />

4<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Up to four Security Administrators can be set up per employer. Not all of the<br />

employees who use the online system need to be administrators. Your Security<br />

Administrator has full access to the online system and can set up additional User<br />

Names and Passwords for each employee who will be using the online system on a<br />

regular basis. This setup process is described next.<br />

Create New User Name<br />

To set up a new User Name and Password, the Security Administrator must first log<br />

in with their User Name, because the Security Administrator is the only one able to<br />

set up new users. The Security Administrators initial User Name that PSERS creates<br />

for you has this permission.<br />

After logging in, click “Admin Functions” in the left-hand menu on the screen. The<br />

Admin Functions sub-menu opens. In this sub-menu, click “Create User.” The<br />

following screen appears:<br />

Enter the user’s last name, first name, email address, and phone number in the<br />

indicated fields.<br />

In the User ID field, enter the User Name that this person will use to log into the<br />

online system. The standard for the User Name is to enter the first letter of the user’s<br />

first name, the user’s full last name, an underscore (_), and your 6-digit PSERS<br />

Employer ID number. If your PSERS Employer ID is shorter than 6 digits, add one or<br />

two zeroes to the beginning to make it a 6-digit number.<br />

Example: John Doe works for PSERS Employer 5125. John’s User ID would be<br />

JDOE_005125.<br />

If another user already exists in the online system with this same User ID,<br />

create the additional User ID by adding the consecutive letters of the user’s first<br />

name after the first letter of the User ID.<br />

Example: Jane Doe also works for Employer 5125 and also needs access to the<br />

online system. Enter her User ID as: JADOE_005125.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

5


After entering information in all fields, click “Submit.”<br />

If the User Name you entered is valid, you will see the message, “Msg – User created<br />

successfully” followed by the User Name. You must communicate the User Name to<br />

the user so that this person can access the system. The system will generate a<br />

Password and email it to the user.<br />

If the User Name you entered is already in use by someone else, you will see the<br />

message, “Error – The User Name already exists. Please choose a different ID.” In<br />

this case, enter a different User Name as described above, reenter the password,<br />

and click “Submit” again.<br />

Edit an Existing User Name<br />

If you have created any User Names, you may edit these. Click “Admin Functions”<br />

in the left-hand menu on the screen. The Admin Functions sub-menu opens. In this<br />

sub-menu, click “Edit User.” The following window appears on the screen:<br />

To view information about any User Name listed, click “Info” next to the appropriate<br />

User Name. This will take you to the screen shown under Create New User Name.<br />

You may edit any field, including the password for this User Name.<br />

To receive a new Password, click “Reset” next to the appropriate User Name. You<br />

will see the message, “Msg – User password has been reset.”<br />

6<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Set User Permissions<br />

You may set the permissions for any User Name to allow this user access to only the<br />

portions of the online system needed for that person’s job.<br />

Click “Admin Functions” in the left-hand menu on the screen. The Admin Functions<br />

sub-menu opens. In this sub-menu, click “User Permissions.” The following screen<br />

appears:<br />

Locate the person whose permissions you want to edit and click “Edit” next to that<br />

User Name. The following screen appears:<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

7


The permission options allow or block access to each part of the online system.<br />

Each permission option refers to a screen that can be accessed from the left-hand<br />

menu or from a sub-menu. You can allow the user to view a screen but not enter<br />

information into it by selecting “Read” and deselecting “Update.” To block all access<br />

to a screen, deselect BOTH the “Read” and “Update” options for that screen. To<br />

allow the user full access to a screen, select BOTH options.<br />

Example: To allow the user to view the “Contact Info” screen (by clicking “Contact<br />

Info” in the left-hand menu), select the “Read” option next to “Contact Info.” To allow<br />

the user to enter, edit, or delete information within the Contact Info screen, also select<br />

the “Update” option.<br />

Select all permissions this user is allowed to perform. Deselect all functions<br />

this user should be blocked from performing.<br />

Most of the permission options are self-explanatory as you read through this<br />

Employer’s Reference Manual for <strong>Reporting</strong>. A few functions are described briefly<br />

below:<br />

Account Details: These permission options control whether or not the selected<br />

user is allowed to click “Account Details” in the left-hand menu and go to the<br />

Account Details screen. The Account Details screen shows basic information<br />

about your account with PSERS and also allows you to view your monthly<br />

Employer Statement of Accounts online. See How PSERS Responds to Work<br />

Reports and Payments on page 177.<br />

Adjustments/Create Adjustments: These permission options control whether<br />

or not the user can view and create Work Report Adjustments, as describing in<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />

Forms: These permission options control whether or not the user can view and<br />

use PSERS forms within the online system. See Obtaining PSERS Forms on<br />

page 209.<br />

Contact PSERS: These permission options control whether or not the selected<br />

user is allowed to click “Contact PSERS” in the left-hand menu and go to the<br />

Contact PSERS screen. The Contact PSERS screen shows how to reach<br />

PSERS and allows the user to email PSERS directly by filling out an online<br />

form. See Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />

When done setting permissions for this user, click “Submit.” You will see the<br />

message, “Msg – User screen permission has been changed successfully.” If you<br />

receive an error message, contact the Employer Service Center for assistance.<br />

If you need to reset the permissions to the way they were before you entered this<br />

screen, click “Reset” rather than “Submit.”<br />

8<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Changing Your Security Administrator<br />

Your Security Administrator has full access to the online system. If the individual who<br />

has been serving as your Security Administrator leaves your employ or changes to<br />

another position, you should remove this person’s access to the system. You must<br />

also establish a new Security Administrator in this case.<br />

To remove the old Security Administrator, fill out the PSERS Employer Security<br />

Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270) form and check the box marked “Delete<br />

Employer Security Administrator.” In the rest of the form, enter information about the<br />

old Security Administrator who should be removed.<br />

To establish the new Security Administrator, fill out the PSERS Employer Security<br />

Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270) form and check the box marked “Create<br />

Employer Security Administrator.” In the rest of the form, enter information about the<br />

new individual who will be serving as Security Administrator.<br />

Submit BOTH forms to:<br />

Employer Service Center<br />

Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />

PO Box 125<br />

Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />

or fax them to: (717) 783-8760<br />

If the Security Administrator replacement is urgent, contact PSERS’ Employer<br />

Service Center by telephone at:<br />

or fax to<br />

1-888-773-7748, extension 4002<br />

1-717-783-8760<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

9


Entering Employer Contact Information<br />

There are many occasions when PSERS needs to contact an employer. To ensure<br />

that PSERS communicates with the correct person about each issue, keep all of your<br />

contact information current.<br />

To update the contact information, click “Contact Info” in the left-hand menu on the<br />

screen. The “Employer Contact Info” window appears.<br />

Use this window to enter information about who handles the various types of work at<br />

your place of business. Start by clicking the drop-down menu button beside “Monthly<br />

Reports” in the Contact Type field, as shown in the following screen sample:<br />

A list of contact types appears in a scroll box, as pictured above. These contact<br />

types are described next:<br />

10<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Monthly Reports<br />

Employer Newsletter<br />

Refunds<br />

Retirements<br />

Business Manager<br />

Information Technology<br />

Healthcare<br />

Superintendents<br />

Member Newsletter<br />

Purchase of Service<br />

Receivables<br />

Enrollments<br />

Employer Statement of<br />

Accounts<br />

Employee Statement of<br />

Account<br />

Purchase of Service<br />

The person who will submit monthly Work Reports to<br />

PSERS<br />

The person who should receive a PSERS newsletter with<br />

information pertaining to business operations<br />

The person who should be contacted regarding any<br />

refunds of contributions being processed for a former<br />

employee<br />

The person who handles retirement application<br />

processing within your district or entity<br />

The Business Manager or person in charge of Accounting<br />

The person in charge of your Information Technology<br />

(computer) needs<br />

The person who handles the health care<br />

program/insurance for your employees<br />

For a school district, this is the District Superintendent.<br />

For a charter school, this is the Director, Principal, Board<br />

Chairperson, or other relevant position. For a non-school<br />

entity, this is the CEO, President, or other individual who<br />

oversees the activities of the entire entity.<br />

The person who should receive a copy of all newsletters<br />

that PSERS sends to its members (your employees)<br />

The person who coordinates the payments of Purchase of<br />

Service for the members (employees) and employer<br />

The person who enters Member Demographic Records<br />

and Member Contract Records for employees.<br />

The person(s) who receives Employer Statement of<br />

Accounts (billings) from PSERS. This Employer<br />

Statement of Accounts shows the following activity:<br />

• Member Savings<br />

• Employer Share<br />

• Member Purchase of Service Payments<br />

The Employee Statement of Accounts (billings)<br />

information is included in the Employer Statement of<br />

Accounts. See Employer Statement of Accounts above.<br />

The Purchase of Service information is included in the<br />

Employer Statement of Accounts. See Employer<br />

Statement of Accounts above.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

11


It may be necessary to scroll up or down to see some of the contact types. As part of<br />

the setup process, select each contact type in turn and enter detailed contact<br />

information about the person who handles this type of work.<br />

Example: The NPAS School District enters information about their Business<br />

Manager as follows:<br />

You can click “Delete Contact Info” to clear all the information on the screen or<br />

“Cancel” to exit the screen without saving any information.<br />

When done entering information for a particular Contact Type, click “Update Contact<br />

Info” at the bottom of the window.<br />

• The information you entered will be checked for validity. If any errors or<br />

exceptions occur, you will see an error message in red near the top of the<br />

window. Errors must be corrected. Exceptions are shown for your<br />

information; you may save and exit with the exception still in place. After<br />

correcting any errors, click “Update Contact Info” again.<br />

• When all information passes the validity check, you will see the message,<br />

“Msg - Contact updated successfully.”<br />

12<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

2<br />

Membership: Eligibility & Waivers<br />

This section contains guidelines about which employees are eligible for membership<br />

with PSERS. An employee becomes a member when you create a Member<br />

Demographic and a Member Contract Record for PSERS.<br />

Employees Eligible for Membership<br />

The following is a list of employees who are eligible for membership with PSERS.<br />

You must add all potentially eligible employees by the 10 th of the month following<br />

their first day of employment.<br />

Part-time employees may request a waiver from PSERS membership. A waiver<br />

must be requested of each employer, as described in Waiving Membership When<br />

Employed Part-time on page 20.<br />

Full-Time Employees…<br />

• Work 5 hours or more a day, 5 days a week or its equivalent (25 or more<br />

hours a week). Employees who meet these requirements must be<br />

reported as full-time even if the employer considers them part-time.<br />

• Are required by law to become members of PSERS.<br />

• Must have their salaries, retirement deductions, and service units<br />

reported to PSERS through monthly Work Report Records.<br />

• Service time must be reported monthly for hourly and per diem<br />

employees. Salaried employees’ service time may be reported monthly<br />

or annually.<br />

• Must have retirement deductions withheld beginning the first day of<br />

service.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

13


Part-Time Salaried Employees…<br />

• Are contracted to work less than 5 hours a day, 5 days a week or its<br />

equivalent (less than 25 hours a week).<br />

• Are required by law to become members of PSERS.<br />

• Must have their salaries and retirement deductions reported to PSERS<br />

through monthly Work Report Records. Service time may be reported<br />

monthly or annually.<br />

• Must have retirement deductions withheld beginning the first day of<br />

service unless PSERS membership is waived. See Waiving<br />

Membership When Employed Part-time on page 20.<br />

Part-time salaried employees include coaches and adjunct professors unless<br />

specifically contracted as part-time hourly or part-time per diem. If the coach or<br />

professor is a retiree, see Retirees Returning to Work on page 17.<br />

Part-Time Hourly Employees…<br />

• Work less than 5 hours a day or its equivalent of 25 hours a week.<br />

• Are hired and paid on an hourly basis.<br />

• Must have their wages, retirement deductions (when applicable), and<br />

service time reported to PSERS through monthly Work Report Records.<br />

See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Monthly Work Report on page 79.<br />

• May have retirement deductions withheld beginning with the first day of<br />

service; however, retirement deductions are required to begin with the<br />

500th hour of service in each fiscal (school) year unless PSERS<br />

membership is waived. See Waiving Membership When Employed Parttime<br />

on page 20.<br />

Part-Time Per Diem Employees…<br />

• Work less than 5 days a week. A workday must be a minimum of 5 hours<br />

to be considered a full day.<br />

• Are hired and paid on a day-to-day basis.<br />

• Must have their wages, retirement deductions (when applicable), and<br />

service time reported to PSERS through monthly Work Report Records.<br />

See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Monthly Work Report on page 79.<br />

• May have retirement deductions withheld beginning the first day of<br />

service; however, retirement deductions must begin with the 80th day of<br />

service in each fiscal (school) year unless PSERS membership is waived.<br />

See Waiving Membership When Employed Part-time on page 20.<br />

14<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Employees Who Work Part-Time for Several PSERS<br />

Employers at the Same Time…<br />

• Work for each employer for less than 5 hours a day and/or less than 5<br />

days a week, or its equivalent of less than 25 hours a week.<br />

• Must have their salaries and retirement deductions (when applicable)<br />

reported to PSERS by each employer through monthly Work Report<br />

Records. Service time may be reported either monthly or annually if the<br />

employee is salaried but must be reported monthly if the employee is paid<br />

hourly or per diem.<br />

• Who are paid hourly or per diem may have retirement deductions<br />

withheld beginning the first day of service. Retirement deductions are<br />

required to begin when the member reaches the 80 th day or 500 th hour.<br />

PSERS will track the combined service and notify the employers when to<br />

begin retirement deductions. See Waiving Membership When Employed<br />

Part-time on page 20.<br />

PSERS realizes it is difficult for employers to determine when an employee<br />

qualifies on a combined employer basis, so we determine this automatically:<br />

• If you do not withhold contributions for an employee who qualifies, we<br />

notify you to begin withholding contributions.<br />

• If you withhold contributions from the first day of employment, but the<br />

employee never qualifies for membership during that fiscal (school) year,<br />

we credit your contributions to your account automatically after the end of<br />

the fiscal year. In this case, the contributions you paid for this employee<br />

are credited to your account with PSERS after all of the combined<br />

employers have submitted their final Work Report for the fiscal year. If<br />

the employee requests a refund of withheld contributions, PSERS will<br />

work directly with the employee to refund their contributions.<br />

• If the employee qualifies for membership and the employer did not<br />

withhold contributions from the first day of employment, PSERS will<br />

automatically send a Statement of Amount Due to both the employee and<br />

the employer.<br />

For more information, see Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported on<br />

page 199.<br />

Eligible Multiple Service Employees<br />

Employees who work in BOTH Pennsylvania state service and Pennsylvania public<br />

school service are eligible for membership with PSERS. Report these employees as<br />

usual. It is up to your employee to complete a Multiple Service membership form.<br />

• Qualifications is based on ONLY the PSERS employment, so an employee<br />

who works part-time for a PSERS employer must qualify for membership just<br />

as any other part-time employee.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

15


Part-Time in Your Employ, Full-Time with Another School<br />

Employer<br />

Employees who work full-time with another school employer but part-time in your<br />

employ automatically qualify for retirement contributions from the first day of<br />

employment. All salaries must be reported and retirement contributions deducted<br />

from the first day of service.<br />

Conditional Rules for Membership – Dependent on Other<br />

Factors<br />

is eligible if:<br />

is ineligible if:<br />

A Federally Funded<br />

Employee…<br />

A Student age 15 or<br />

older…<br />

A Retiree…<br />

A Community College<br />

or State System of<br />

Higher Education<br />

University Employee…<br />

paid by the school employer<br />

using federal funds.<br />

service was not part of the<br />

student’s curriculum.<br />

he or she does not return to<br />

service under the provisions of<br />

Act 2004-63*.<br />

he or she is not contributing<br />

to an alternate retirement plan<br />

(e.g., TIAA-CREF)<br />

paid directly from federal funds<br />

and not by the school employer.<br />

service was part of the student’s<br />

curriculum.<br />

he or she returns to work under<br />

the provisions of Act 2004-63*.<br />

he or she is contributing to an<br />

alternate retirement plan (e.g.,<br />

TIAA-CREF)<br />

For more information on Act 2004-63 see Retirees Returning to Work on page 17.<br />

Employees Ineligible for Membership<br />

The following types of employees are ineligible for PSERS membership. Do not<br />

create records for these employees or include them in your monthly Work Reports,<br />

except as noted. If an employee does not fall into a clear category, and you are<br />

uncertain whether or not this employee is eligible for PSERS membership, see<br />

Exceptions to Membership Eligibility on page 19.<br />

Independent Contractors<br />

A person performing services as an independent contractor is not eligible for<br />

membership in PSERS. See Exceptions to Membership Eligibility on page 19 if you<br />

are uncertain whether an individual is an employee or an independent contractor.<br />

Persons Compensated on a Fee Basis<br />

A person compensated on a fee basis is not eligible for membership in PSERS.<br />

16<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


School Crossing Guards<br />

An amendment made in 2000 to the (Pennsylvania) Township and Borough Codes<br />

specifically prohibits school crossing guards from membership in PSERS. School<br />

boards do not have the statutory authority to employ school crossing guards. Only<br />

a borough, a first or second-class township or a third class city can employ<br />

persons in such positions. These municipalities can allow school districts to<br />

assume the hiring and oversight of school crossing guards. Even if this is done,<br />

the guards are expressly excluded as school employees and, therefore, are not<br />

eligible for membership in PSERS.<br />

Retirees Returning to Work<br />

With the passage of Act 2004-63, PSERS retirees may return to Pennsylvania public<br />

school employment without suspension of their monthly retirement benefit under<br />

certain conditions. A retiree can be hired in an emergency situation that causes an<br />

impairment of service to the public, shortage of subject certified teachers or other<br />

personnel, or in an extracurricular position under a separate written contract.<br />

• When a retiree returns to work and does not meet the conditions in Act<br />

2004-63, contact the Employer Service Center to report this member’s<br />

return to service. PSERS will need a written confirmation from the<br />

employer and another from the employee indicating the following:<br />

1. The date the employee will return to service.<br />

2. The employee understands that the PSERS pension will be stopped.<br />

• Once PSERS notifies employer that verifications were received, you must<br />

create a Member Demographic Record for the retiree reported from the first<br />

day of employment.<br />

• The retirees monthly pension benefit will be suspended until that time<br />

when the employee is ready to retire again.<br />

• Refer to the Employer’s Reference Manual for Member Benefits chapter 6<br />

entitled Retirees – Employment After Retirement for more details.<br />

Other Ineligible Employees<br />

If an employee does not fit into any category of employment described in this section,<br />

see Exceptions to Membership Eligibility on page 19 for more information.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

17


Quick Reference Table<br />

Type of Employment<br />

Full-time employee<br />

Part-time salaried<br />

employee*<br />

Full-time employee with<br />

another Pennsylvania<br />

public school employer,<br />

part-time with you<br />

Full-time employee with<br />

the Commonwealth of<br />

Pennsylvania (state<br />

employee), part-time with<br />

you<br />

Full-time employee with<br />

the Commonwealth of<br />

Pennsylvania (state<br />

employee), part-time with<br />

you<br />

Part-time hourly *<br />

Part-time per diem*<br />

Part-time with several<br />

school employers<br />

Federally funded<br />

PSERS Annuitant<br />

Employment under<br />

provisions of Act 2004-63<br />

PSERS Annuitant<br />

(Non-emergency – return<br />

to service)<br />

Tax Collector, Solicitor,<br />

Doctor, Dentist,<br />

Consultant, Psychologist<br />

Description<br />

Works 5 hours or more a day/5 days a<br />

week, or its equivalent (25 or more<br />

hours a week).<br />

Is contracted to work less than 5 hours a<br />

day/5 days a week, or its equivalent<br />

(less than 25 hours a week).<br />

Works full-time with another<br />

Pennsylvania public school employer,<br />

but only works part-time with you.<br />

Employee elected Multiple Service<br />

status and is working full-time for the<br />

State and part-time for you.<br />

Employee did not elect Multiple Service<br />

status and is working full-time for the<br />

State and part-time for you.<br />

Works less than 5 hours a day and is<br />

paid on an hourly basis.<br />

Works less than 5 days a week and paid<br />

on a day-to-day basis with a minimum<br />

5 hours a day.<br />

Refers to part-time hourly and part-time<br />

per diem.<br />

Same requirements as part-time and<br />

full-time employees unless federal funds<br />

are paid directly to the employee.<br />

Act 2004-63 permits an annuitant to<br />

work for a public school in emergency,<br />

shortage of personnel, and<br />

extracurricular employment under fulltime<br />

and part-time.<br />

The annuitant becomes an active<br />

member. Annuitant’s monthly benefit<br />

stops. Follow requirements for type of<br />

employment under full-time and parttime.<br />

Certain positions may not meet the true<br />

employer-employee relationship for<br />

member eligibility.<br />

Creation of Member Demographic<br />

Record<br />

Mandatory<br />

Mandatory unless waiver approved<br />

Mandatory<br />

Create a Member Demographic Record<br />

immediately, but contributions may begin<br />

later (contribution status is based only on<br />

the employment with PSERS<br />

employers). 1,2<br />

See rules for part-time employment.<br />

Create a Member Demographic Record<br />

immediately, but contributions may begin<br />

later. 1<br />

Create a Member Demographic Record<br />

immediately, but contributions may begin<br />

later. 2<br />

Create a Member Demographic Record<br />

immediately, but contributions may begin<br />

later. 1,2<br />

Create a Member Demographic Record<br />

unless the employee is paid directly by the<br />

federal program.<br />

DO NOT Create a Member Demographic<br />

Record and do not report through<br />

monthly Work Report Records.<br />

Create a Member Demographic Record<br />

immediately, notify PSERS to have the<br />

monthly benefit stopped so that the<br />

member is not overpaid.<br />

See Exceptions to Membership Eligibility<br />

on page 19.<br />

*Can waive membership - See Waiving Membership When Employed Part-time on page 20.<br />

1 Contributions are mandatory beginning with 500 th hour unless waiver approved. 2 Contributions<br />

are mandatory beginning with 80 th day unless waiver approved.<br />

18<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Exceptions to Membership Eligibility<br />

Eligibility Questionnaire<br />

To prevent creating a Member Demographic Record for an employee who is<br />

ineligible for membership in PSERS, the employer must complete a Questionnaire to<br />

Determine PSERS Eligibility (PSRS-349) for employees in classifications the same<br />

as or similar to those listed below:<br />

• Tax Collector<br />

• Solicitor<br />

• Doctor<br />

• Dentist<br />

• Consultant<br />

• Psychologist<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

19


PSERS will review the questionnaire and will let you know if you must create a<br />

Member Demographic Record for this employee. As a time-saver, information does<br />

not need to be submitted for employees who are clearly ineligible for membership.<br />

Waiving Membership When Employed Part-Time<br />

Any part-time employee (salaried, hourly, or per diem) may waive membership in<br />

PSERS within 30 days of starting employment. Full-time employees cannot waive<br />

membership.<br />

To qualify for the waiver, the part-time employee must -<br />

• Maintain one of the following types of Individual Retirement Account’s (IRA)<br />

as defined by section 408 in the Internal Revenue Code:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Traditional IRA<br />

Roth IRA<br />

Simplified Employee Pension (SEP)<br />

<br />

Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees of Small Employers<br />

(Simple) IRA<br />

and…<br />

• request a waiver within 30 days of starting employment. A waiver must be<br />

requested of each employer, using whatever method the employer has<br />

designated for this request.<br />

<br />

<br />

PSERS will send a Membership Waiver form directly to the employee.<br />

When the employee waives membership in PSERS, all future rights to<br />

benefits for that year are waived.<br />

In response to the employee’s waiver request, you must –<br />

• Verify that the employee has an Individual Retirement Account (IRA)<br />

and…<br />

• Submit a Member Contract Record for this employee, with Work Status set to<br />

“ACTIVW – Waiver Request.” See Member Contract Records – Changing<br />

Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />

<br />

Once you submit the Member Contract Record indicating the Waiver<br />

Request, you may discontinue reporting this employee in your monthly<br />

Work Reports. If the employee does NOT qualify for the waiver, PSERS<br />

will notify you.<br />

20<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


When a Member Contract Record is submitted showing the waiver request, PSERS<br />

will respond by –<br />

• Sending the employee a Welcome Waiver Packet containing detailed<br />

information about the waiver process and a PSERS Membership Waiver<br />

(PSRS-51) form. A copy of this form is shown below for reference. The<br />

employee must complete this form and return it directly to PSERS.<br />

Submission of the completed waiver is binding for the entire school year<br />

in which membership is being waived unless the employee becomes a<br />

full-time school employee.<br />

PSERS Membership Waiver (PSRS-51) form<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

21


• If PSERS approves the waiver request, we will change the employee’s status<br />

to waived and will notify the employee. If the employer submitted Monthly<br />

Work Reports, they will now need to submit Work Report Adjustments to<br />

reverse the transaction. PSERS will credit you for any contributions you paid<br />

for this employee during this school year as well as any contributions the<br />

employee paid. It is your responsibility to refund the employee’s contributions<br />

to the employee.<br />

• If a waiver request is denied or if the employee does not return the waiver<br />

form in a timely manner, PSERS will contact both you and the employee<br />

to explain the reason for the denial. In this case, you must submit a new<br />

Member Contract Record for the employee with a Work Status of<br />

“ACTIVE – Actively Working.” Follow the rules for reporting part-time<br />

employees. For hourly or per diem employees, you can deduct<br />

contributions immediately or when the employee reaches 500 hours or 80<br />

days. You must deduct contributions immediately for salaried employees.<br />

You must also submit a Work Report Adjustment showing any earnings<br />

and service time that were not reported in your monthly Work Reports<br />

pending waiver approval. You should report this salary under “Wages No<br />

Contributions”.<br />

• It is not necessary for the part-time employee to complete and submit a<br />

waiver at the start of each school year. PSERS will contact the employee<br />

each year to confirm the waived status and will assume it remains in<br />

place unless the employee responds otherwise.<br />

• You do not need to submit a new Contract Record for employees who<br />

extend their waived status into another school year.<br />

• You may direct the employee to PSERS with any questions about<br />

waivers.<br />

• Deductibility of contributions to an IRA may be limited if the employee or<br />

employee’s spouse was covered by an employer retirement plan during<br />

the year. Employees should consult with the IRS or a tax professional.<br />

• If a part-time employee chose to waive PSERS membership with one<br />

employer and later qualifies for PSERS membership with another<br />

employer, this employee will not be able to extend the approved waiver<br />

with the first employer for the following school year.<br />

22<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

3<br />

Member Demographic Information<br />

What is Member Demographic Information?<br />

Member Demographic Information about an employee includes their:<br />

• Name<br />

• Social Security Number (You must see a copy of the social security card.)<br />

• Date of Birth (You must see proof of birth date.)<br />

• Gender<br />

• Address<br />

• Phone Numbers<br />

• E-Mail Address<br />

You must provide Demographic Information for each employee when you first hire<br />

the employee unless employee is a retiree (see Retirees Returning to Work on<br />

page 17). This includes all part-time employees. You must submit a Members<br />

Demographic Record before you can add this employee to your Work Report<br />

Record.<br />

If an employee is coming to you from another employer, you must still submit<br />

Member Demographic Information. If a duplicate Member Demographic Information<br />

Record is received for an employee, PSERS will use the duplicate to update the<br />

information on file.<br />

If you are not sure whether an employee already has a record, you can check this<br />

easily online. See Member Demographic Information - Create or Change Online on<br />

page 25.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

23


How is Member Demographic Information Sent to<br />

PSERS?<br />

All Member Demographic Information is sent to PSERS through the online system.<br />

Member Demographic Information can be submitted for individual employees, by<br />

entering them into the online system one at a time, or for a batch of employees all at<br />

once, by uploading a file that was exported by your payroll/HR software system.<br />

Either way, you begin by accessing the system:<br />

1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />

familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />

2. From the Employer Services window, click “Member Demographic Info” in the<br />

left-hand menu. A sub-menu appears, as shown next:<br />

Member Demographic Info Sub-Menu<br />

For further details on the Member Demographic Info Sub-Menu refer to the chapter<br />

titled Information Sub—Menu on page 157.<br />

24<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Member Demographic Information – Create or Change<br />

Online<br />

Entering an Employee’s Member Demographic Information<br />

Use the process described in this section to create or change employees under any<br />

of the following conditions:<br />

• You have never created a record for this employee in PSERS.<br />

or…<br />

• You already have a record for this employee in PSERS before, but the<br />

employee has returned to service and information needs updating.<br />

Example: An employee worked full-time for you from 1985 – 1999. During<br />

this time, the employee was a member of PSERS and made retirement<br />

contributions. At the end of the 1998 – 1999 school year, the individual left<br />

your employment. This individual has now returned to employment with you.<br />

First, access the Member Demographic Info sub-menu, as described in How is<br />

Member Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? on page 24.<br />

From the “Member Demographic Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click<br />

“Create Demographic Info” to add a new employee. You will be prompted to enter<br />

the SSN (social security number) for the employee you are adding:<br />

The SSN (social security number) is used to identify the employee’s account at<br />

PSERS. It is vital that this number be entered correctly. You MUST REQUEST to<br />

see a copy of the employee’s social security card, though it is no longer necessary to<br />

send a copy of this card to PSERS. Once the social security number has been<br />

entered, click “Submit.”<br />

• If you attempt to add an employee who already has a record, you will see the<br />

message, “Error – Member already exists.” In this case, use the “View/Edit<br />

Demographic Info” option on the left-hand menu to edit this employee’s<br />

information.<br />

• If the social security number was reported incorrectly, submit the Demographic<br />

Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) with both the old and new numbers.<br />

See Demographic Information Change Request on page 26. A copy of the<br />

employee’s social security card must accompany the form.<br />

• If you submit the Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870),<br />

continue to submit monthly Work Report Records for the employee using<br />

the old social security number until you have been notified by PSERS<br />

that the correction has been made.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

25


Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870)<br />

The Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) is available on the<br />

PSERS web at:<br />

http://www.<strong>psers</strong>.state.pa.us/forms/f1870.pdf<br />

Only use this form to change social security, date of birth, or when a person’s gender<br />

has changed. Do not use this form to change any other information. A picture of this<br />

form is shown next:<br />

Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) Page 1<br />

26<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Member Demographic Information Window<br />

The Member Demographic Information Window allows you to enter or edit Member<br />

Demographic Information about an individual employee. This Window looks like:<br />

Enter the employee’s information into the fields on this window. Most of these fields<br />

are self-explanatory, but a few details are provided below:<br />

First Name: This field has a maximum entry of 35 letters and/or characters. If an<br />

employee has a double first name, such as Mary Jane or Bobbi-Jo, enter both first<br />

names in this field. You may enter the hyphen in a hyphenated name.<br />

Middle Name: This field can be left blank or can be filled in with just an initial if<br />

desired. If the employee has multiple middle names, these can be entered with a<br />

space or other character between them. Up to 35 letters and/or characters can be<br />

entered.<br />

Last Name: This field has a maximum entry of 33 letters and/or characters. If an<br />

employee has a hyphenated last name, enter the first 33 letters of this name, with the<br />

hyphen included if desired.<br />

Under some circumstances, PSERS requests proof of a name change from an<br />

employee. In this case, PSERS will send the letter to the employee, who will fill it<br />

out and submit it directly to PSERS with the required proof.<br />

Gender: Use this field if the wrong gender was incorrectly used when entering the<br />

original Demographic Information. Use PSRS-1870 when a person’s gender has<br />

changed. See Demographic Information Change Request on page 26. Proof may<br />

be required to determine that is in fact, the same person.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

27


Birth Date: Enter the date of birth in the format MM, DD, YYYY (2-digit month in the<br />

first part of the field, 2-digit day in the second part, and 4-digit year in the third part).<br />

Example: for July 14, 1950.<br />

Note: The employer’s representative must verify the employee’s date of birth by<br />

examining one of the following documents:<br />

• Birth Certificate<br />

• Baptismal Record<br />

• Passport<br />

• Elementary or Secondary School Record<br />

• Life Insurance Policy Listing Date of Birth<br />

• PA Driver's License<br />

• Naturalization Record<br />

• Alien Registration Record<br />

As with the social security number, you cannot change a date of birth. If the birth<br />

date needs to be changed after an employee’s record is already created, you must<br />

submit a Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) to PSERS. See<br />

Demographic Information Change Request on page 26. You should include a letter<br />

of explanation and a copy of one of the documents listed above.<br />

Note: When submitting a Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870)<br />

printed from the PSERS website, be sure to either staple the two pages together,<br />

or insert the member’s name and social security number on the top of the second<br />

page.<br />

Residence Address Fields: Enter the employee’s residential address. Complete<br />

as necessary with the apartment number, suite number, floor or any critical<br />

information for accurate mail delivery in addition to the normal street name, post<br />

office box or route number. Enter the zip code plus its additional four-digits, if<br />

available. The U.S. Post Office has a website where you can look up the complete<br />

zip code. The web address is—<br />

http://zip4.usps.com/zip4/welcome.jsp<br />

“Street,” “Apt/Suite #,” and “Care of” each appear as a line of the address<br />

whenever PSERS sends information to this member. When entering this<br />

information, you must type the word “Street,” Apt/Suite #,” and “Care of” in the<br />

field. For example: Care of John Smith or Suite 123.<br />

When the Member Demographic Information is submitted, the system will check the<br />

address to ensure it meets U.S. Post Office standards; if any problems are found,<br />

suggested changes will be displayed. The following is a sample address:<br />

28<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Phone Number Fields: Enter all phone numbers with the area code in the first part<br />

of the field, the local “exchange” in the second part of the field, and the 4-digit number<br />

in the third part of the field. Example: for 717-555-2222.<br />

Saving the Member Demographic Information Record<br />

When you are done entering information, click “Save.” You will be returned to the<br />

Member Demographic Information Window, with the message, “Msg – Member info<br />

created successfully” near the top of the screen.<br />

At this point, the record has been saved to the member’s account with PSERS. You<br />

may make additional changes and save those, or you may click “Cancel” to exit from<br />

this screen. Clicking “Cancel” will cause you to lose any changes you made since<br />

the last “Save.”<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

29


Changing an Employee’s Member Demographic Information<br />

To change an employee’s Member Demographic Information a record must already<br />

exist in PSERS, first access the Member Demographic Info sub-menu, as described<br />

in How is Member Demographic Information Sent to PSERS on page 24.<br />

From the “Member Demographic Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click<br />

“View/Edit Demographic Info” to view and/or change an employee’s current<br />

Member Demographic Information. You will be prompted to enter the SSN (social<br />

security number) for the employee you are updating.<br />

The SSN (social security number) is used to identify the employee’s account at<br />

PSERS. Always verify that the social security number matches the employee whose<br />

information you are changing. Once the social security number has been entered,<br />

click “Submit.”<br />

• If you attempt to view or change information for an employee who does not<br />

have a record, you will see the message, “Error – Member does not exist.” In<br />

this case, use the “Create Demographic Info” option on the left-hand menu to<br />

enter this employee’s information.<br />

The Member Demographic Information Window appears. See the Member<br />

Demographic Information Window heading later in this section.<br />

• You can change information in any field except SSN (Social Security<br />

Number) and Birth Date. If the social security number or birth date needs<br />

to be changed after an employee already has a record, you must submit a<br />

Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) to PSERS.<br />

Warning: Do not attempt to change an employee’s social security number<br />

by creating a new Member Demographic Information Record with the new<br />

number. This will create a new employee record with this number, while<br />

leaving the old employee record intact.<br />

Essentially, the online system will think these two social security numbers<br />

represent two different employees who happen to have the same name.<br />

All of the employee’s current information (contributions, service time,<br />

Member Contract Records, etc.) will remain with the old social security<br />

number.<br />

As a result, you will encounter errors when running monthly Work Reports,<br />

and the employee’s benefits calculations will be incorrect. In order to<br />

correct this situation, you must submit a Member Demographic Information<br />

Change Request (PSRS-1870) to PSERS with proof of the employee’s<br />

correct social security number, along with a letter explaining the situation.<br />

PSERS will merge the two member records and will set the social security<br />

number to the correct value. After this, you may need to resubmit or<br />

correct the employee’s Work Report Records.<br />

30<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Member Demographic Information – Submit by<br />

Uploading a File<br />

You can submit Member Demographic Information for multiple employees at once,<br />

by uploading a file to the online system. In most cases, the file will be exported by<br />

your payroll/HR software system. This file must be in a specific format, defined under<br />

Format for Member Demographic Information Files on page 32.<br />

This method can be used to add new employees as well as to change information for<br />

existing employees. The process is the same for both. You may use this procedure<br />

to submit as few or as many Member Demographic Information Records as you<br />

want, but if you only need to submit a small number of records, you may find it easier<br />

to enter them directly online – see Member Demographic Information - Create or<br />

Change Online on page 25.<br />

Submit Member Demographic Information to PSERS whenever you hire a new<br />

employee and whenever information changes for a current employee. All additions /<br />

changes within a month can be submitted in a file, as long as this is done before you<br />

submit your Member Contract Records and your next monthly Work Report.<br />

For information on how to submit Member Demographic Information by uploading a<br />

file see Submitting Records by Uploading Files on page 159.<br />

After Member Demographic Information has been submitted for an employee, you<br />

can make changes when needed by editing the Member Demographic Information<br />

Record with the correct information. All fields except SSN (social security number)<br />

and Birth Date can be changed. If the social security number or birth date needs to<br />

be changed, the employer must submit a Demographic Information Change Request<br />

(PSRS-1870) to PSERS. See Member Demographic Information—Create or<br />

Change Online on page 25.<br />

Format for Member Demographic Information Files<br />

For information on how to correctly format a Member Demographic File see<br />

the chapter titled Correctly Formatting Files on page 161. The following pages<br />

will illustrate in detail the layout for Member Demographic Information Files.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

31


Header of the Member Demographic Information File<br />

The Member Demographic Information file must include a single-line header as the<br />

first line in the file. The header line identifies the employer, the type of records in the<br />

file, the number of records in the file, and the date and time the file was created. This<br />

information must be in the following format:<br />

Header<br />

Record<br />

Type<br />

Employer<br />

Code<br />

Detail<br />

Record<br />

Count<br />

File<br />

Creation<br />

Date and<br />

Time<br />

R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

O = Optional<br />

C =<br />

Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />

R 1 1 Alpha (D=Demographic)<br />

D<br />

Describes the<br />

incoming file<br />

type.<br />

R 6 2 Numeric 002345 Employer ID<br />

assigned to<br />

you by<br />

PSERS.<br />

R 6 8 Numeric 002680 Total number<br />

of detail<br />

records in this<br />

file.<br />

R 12 14 Date as<br />

MMDDYYYYHHMM<br />

Filler R 338 26 NULL Filler. Space<br />

filled to match fixed<br />

length of detail record.<br />

102520061400 Date and time<br />

in military<br />

format.<br />

338 spaces<br />

All fields are required. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the<br />

header line. “Bytes” indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All<br />

fields are a fixed-length.<br />

Example: The following sample header uses the information as shown in the above<br />

table:<br />

D002345002680102520061400<br />

In this example, a Member Demographic Information File from Employer 002345 is<br />

being submitted with 2,680 records in it. The file was created on October 25, 2006 at<br />

14:00 (2:00 p.m.).<br />

32<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Record Lines in the Member Demographic Information File<br />

Each Member Demographic Information Record must consist of a single line of<br />

information, in the following format:<br />

R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

O = Optional<br />

C =<br />

Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />

SSN R 9 1 Numeric 149250245 Social Security<br />

Number<br />

Last Name R 33 10 Alpha SMITH Required<br />

First Name R 35 43 Alpha AARON Required<br />

Middle O 35 78 Alpha JOHN Optional<br />

Name<br />

Suffix O 3 113 Alpha as JR, SR, I, II, JR<br />

Must be a valid value<br />

III, IV, V<br />

Gender R 1 116 Alpha/M = Male or F M<br />

= Female<br />

Birth Date R 8 117 Date as MMDDYYYY 07231958<br />

Care Of / O 35 125 Alphanumeric Care Of John<br />

Address1<br />

Smith<br />

Apt/Suite/Fl<br />

oor /<br />

Address2<br />

listed. No punctuation.<br />

Must be a valid value<br />

listed. No punctuation.<br />

Compliant with Postal<br />

Regulations.<br />

O 35 160 Alphanumeric Apt A Compliant with Postal<br />

Regulations.<br />

Street /<br />

Address3<br />

O 35 195 Alphanumeric 123 MAIN ST Compliant with Postal<br />

Regulations.<br />

City R 21 230 Alphanumeric HARRISBURG Compliant with Postal<br />

Regulations.<br />

State R 2 251 Alphanumeric PA Compliant with Postal<br />

Regulations.<br />

Zip Code<br />

with Zip+4<br />

R 9 253 Alphanumeric; 5-digit<br />

zip code followed by<br />

4-digit “zip plus 4<br />

code” if known or<br />

0000 if unknown<br />

171080125 Compliant with Postal<br />

Regulations. No<br />

dashes.<br />

Country O 2 262 Alpha US If blank, PSERS will<br />

default to US.<br />

Day Phone O 10 264 Numeric 7177878540 Area Code &<br />

Telephone Number.<br />

No parentheses or<br />

dashes.<br />

Day Phone<br />

Extension<br />

Evening<br />

Phone<br />

Evening<br />

Extension<br />

Other<br />

Phone<br />

Number<br />

O 5 274 Numeric 00245 No parentheses or<br />

dashes.<br />

O 10 279 Numeric 7175558540 Area Code &<br />

Telephone Number.<br />

No parentheses or<br />

dashes.<br />

O 5 289 Numeric 00032 No parentheses or<br />

dashes.<br />

O 10 294 Numeric 7175558540 Area Code &<br />

Telephone Number.<br />

No parentheses or<br />

dashes.<br />

Fax O 10 304 Numeric 7175558540 Area Code &<br />

Telephone Number.<br />

No parentheses or<br />

dashes.<br />

Email O 50 314 Alphanumeric A@US.COM Member’s email<br />

address<br />

For more information on any field, see Member Demographic Information – Create or Change<br />

Online on page 25. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line. “Bytes”<br />

indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

33


Uploading a Member Demographic Information File<br />

You must first access the Member Demographic Info sub-menu, as described on<br />

page 157.<br />

For further information on how to upload a Member Demographic Information File<br />

see Uploading Information Files on page 163.<br />

Member Demographic Info Work Area – File Window<br />

After uploading a file, go to the Member Demographic Info Work Area, either by<br />

clicking “Work Area” in the File Upload window or by clicking “Work Area” in the<br />

Member Demographic Info sub-menu. The File window of the Work Area appears:<br />

For information on how to navigate in the Member Demographic Information File<br />

Window see the chapter on Work Area—File Window located on page 167.<br />

34<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Member Demographic Info Work Area – Record Detail<br />

Window<br />

The Record Detail window in the Member Demographic Info Work Area is used to<br />

add to, delete, or edit the individual employee records that are included in an<br />

uploaded file.<br />

Access<br />

To access the Record Detail window, go to the File window (see Member<br />

Demographic Info Work Area – File Window on page 34) and click “Detail” next to<br />

the desired file.<br />

Note: The file must be validated before the Record Detail window can be accessed<br />

for that file.<br />

The Record Detail window looks similar to the following example:<br />

For more information on how to navigate the Member Demographic Information<br />

Record Detail Window refer to the chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window<br />

on page 171.<br />

Saving Your Changes<br />

After adding, deleting, or editing any records in the Record Detail window, always<br />

save your work. To save, click “Save” twice. The first “Save” will save the information<br />

to a temporary file and the second “Save” will save the information permanently.<br />

If you log out or go to another part of the system without clicking “Save” twice, you<br />

will lose ALL changes you made since the last save. In this case, any records you<br />

added will be lost, any records you deleted will be restored, and any records you<br />

edited will be returned to their previous information.<br />

Submitting the Records to PSERS<br />

For information on how to submit Member Demographic Files to PSERS see<br />

Submitting Records to PSERS on page 175.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

35


Chapter<br />

4<br />

Member Contract Records<br />

What are Member Contract Records?<br />

Member Contract Records provide a way to define the position(s) each employee<br />

works, in a way that helps automate the pension process. You must create a Member<br />

Contract Record before you can add your employee to your Work Report Record.<br />

A Member Contract Record contains the following information:<br />

• Employer’s Name and Employer Code<br />

• Employee’s Job Title<br />

• Employment Type (part-time or full-time)<br />

• Wage Type (hourly, per diem, or salaried)<br />

• Work Status (actively working, on some form of leave, terminated, deceased, a<br />

waiver has been requested, etc.)<br />

• Start Date of the work status described in this Member Contract Record<br />

• End Date of the work status described in this Member Contract Record<br />

• Number of months normally worked for this position in a school year<br />

• Number of days or hours normally worked for this position in a school year<br />

• Voting Status (certified or non-certified position)<br />

• Items relating to a terminated or deceased employee (Balance of Contract and<br />

Outstanding Service Credit status)<br />

You must submit at least one Member Contract Record in order for en employee<br />

to be added as a member of PSERS. Remember, you must first enter the<br />

employee’s Member Demographic Information. See the How is Member<br />

Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? sections starting on page 24.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

37


In general, a Member Contract Record should be created for EACH job an employee<br />

works. If an employee works for multiple employers, a Member Contract Record<br />

needs to be submitted by each employer. If an employee works multiple positions for<br />

a single employer, this may or may not require multiple Member Contract Records.<br />

To determine this, see the next section Employee Working Multiple Jobs for One<br />

Employer.<br />

Employee Working Multiple Jobs for One Employer<br />

It is not unusual for an employee to work more than one job for a single employer. For<br />

example, a teacher may coach a sports team or help at lunchtime. In this case,<br />

depending on the types of jobs worked, it may or may not be necessary to submit<br />

multiple Member Contract Records for the employee.<br />

Employee Works a Full-Time Position Plus Other Positions<br />

Only one Member Contract Record is needed. Enter a Member Contract Record for<br />

the full-time position. If more than one full-time position is worked, enter a Member<br />

Contract Record for the salaried position, if there is one. If more than one position is<br />

salaried, or if there is no salaried position, select the position that you feel best<br />

categorizes the employee’s work. The other positions do not require their own<br />

Member Contract Records.<br />

• Only one Member Contract Record is required for all part-time HOURLY<br />

positions the employee works.<br />

• Only one Member Contract Record is required for all part-time PER DIEM<br />

positions the employee works.<br />

Example: A full-time teacher chaperones a school activity, takes tickets for an event,<br />

and oversees a yearbook club. Enter a single Member Contract Record for the fulltime<br />

teaching position. Report the additional work on the employee’s monthly Work<br />

Report as follows: Record the additional wages in the “Supplemental Wages” field.<br />

Record the extra contributions in the “Contributions” field. Record the extra service in<br />

the “Hours” or “Days” field.<br />

38<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Employee Works Multiple Part-Time Positions but NO Full-<br />

Time Position<br />

Each part-time SALARIED position requires its own Member Contract Record. All<br />

other part-time positions require only one contract record per wage type (e.g. per<br />

diem or hourly).<br />

Example #1: An employee works a part-time per diem job as a substitute teacher.<br />

She also works a part-time hourly job in the cafeteria and another part-time hourly job<br />

teaching a high school science class. You would need to create two Member Contract<br />

Records for this employee: one for her per diem position and one for the two hourly<br />

positions.<br />

Example #2: An employee works a part-time per diem job as a substitute teacher.<br />

He also works a part-time salaried job teaching a high school English class and<br />

another part-time salaried job coaching a football team. You would need to create<br />

three Member Contract Records for this employee: one for his per diem position, one<br />

for his salaried teaching position, and one for his salaried coaching position.<br />

In general, there is no harm in creating a Member Contract Record even if it is not<br />

required. If you find it easier to create a Member Contract Record for every position<br />

an employee works, this is fine.<br />

Note: You will not necessarily submit a separate monthly Work Report Record for<br />

each Member Contract Record you create. If multiple Member Contract Records for<br />

an employee have the same Wage Type (hourly, per diem, or salaried), earnings for<br />

these Member Contract Records will be reported on the same Work Report Record in<br />

your monthly Work Reports.<br />

Example: A member has two part-time hourly positions. The wages from both<br />

positions are reported on one line in the work report. The wage type for this member<br />

is hourly.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

39


How are Member Contract Records Transmitted to<br />

PSERS?<br />

All Member Contract Records are transmitted to PSERS through the online system.<br />

Member Contract Records can be submitted for individual employees by entering<br />

them into the online system one at a time. Member Contract Records can also be<br />

submitted for a batch of employees all at once by uploading a file that was exported by<br />

your payroll/HR software system. Either way, you begin by accessing the system:<br />

1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />

familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />

2. From the Employer Services window, click “Member Contract Info” in the lefthand<br />

menu. A sub-menu appears, as shown next:<br />

Member Contract Info Sub-Menu<br />

For further details on the Member Contract Info Sub-Menu refer to the chapter titled<br />

Information Sub—Menu on page 157.<br />

40<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Member Contract Records – Creating Individually<br />

You can enter Member Contract Records for your new employees one at a time, by<br />

completing an online form. Use this procedure if you only need to enter a small<br />

number of employees. Otherwise, you may find it easier to submit a file with multiple<br />

Member Contract Records at once – see Member Contract Records - Create by<br />

Uploading a File on page 52.<br />

First, access the Member Contract Info sub-menu, as described on page 40.<br />

From the “Member Contract Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click<br />

“Create Member Contract.” You will be prompted to enter the SSN (social security<br />

number) for the employee you are adding. Enter the social security number and click<br />

“Submit.”<br />

• If there is no Member Demographic Information on file for the social<br />

security number you entered, you will see the message, “Error – Member<br />

does not exist.” In this case, see the How is Member Demographic<br />

Information Sent to PSERS? on page 24 to enter Member Demographic<br />

Information for the employee before continuing.<br />

If the employee has Member Demographic Information on file, the Member Contract<br />

Information window appears.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

41


Member Contract Information Window<br />

The fields at the top of this screen are displayed for reference but cannot be edited. In<br />

the other fields on this screen, enter information about the job this employee works for<br />

you.<br />

If the employee works more than one job for you, it may or may not be necessary to<br />

enter multiple Member Contract Records for this employee. To determine this, see<br />

Employee Working Multiple Jobs for One Employer on page 38.<br />

The fields on this screen are:<br />

• Job Title: A Job Title must be entered for every Member Contract Record.<br />

This is a required field. This field has a maximum entry of 50 letters and/or<br />

characters.<br />

Independent contractors are not eligible for PSERS membership. If you are<br />

not sure whether a Job Title is an employee or an independent contractor, see<br />

Exceptions to Membership Eligibility on page 19.<br />

• Employment Type: Select “Full Time” or “Part Time” from the drop-down<br />

menu. Full-time employment is defined as 5 hours or more a day, 5 days a<br />

week or its equivalent (25 or more hours a week). Employment Type must<br />

be entered for every Member Contract Record. This is a required field.<br />

• Wage Type: Select “Hourly,” “Per Diem,” or “Salaried” from the drop-down<br />

menu based on how this position is paid.<br />

• Work Status: Use the drop-down menu to select the appropriate work<br />

status for this Member Contract Record, such as “ACTIVE - Actively<br />

Working.”<br />

Work Status is reported in all monthly Work Reports, and the status that is<br />

reported must match a Member Contract Record for that employee.<br />

The various Work Status options are described in Work Status Descriptions on<br />

page 46.<br />

42<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• Work Status Start Date – MM/DD/YYYY: Enter the date the Work Status<br />

described in this Member Contract Record begins. For an actively working<br />

part-time hourly or per diem employee, enter the first day of actual<br />

employment, not the first day contributions were withheld from the employee’s<br />

salary and reported to PSERS. If the Member Contract Record is for an<br />

employee who went on leave, died, or terminated all employment with you,<br />

set the Work Status appropriately and enter the date the leave began, or the<br />

date of death, or date of termination as the Start Date.<br />

Example: A teacher is hired to begin work August 16, 2006. Enter the Work<br />

Status as “ACTIVE - Actively Working” and enter the Start Date as 08/16/2006.<br />

Example: When an employee resigns, his last day of paid work will be<br />

the start date of his termination contract. If the employees last paid day<br />

of service was on June 15, 2006 and the resignation is received on<br />

August 1, 2006, the Work Status Start Date is 06/15/2006 unless the<br />

employee is granted a leave after June 15, 2006.<br />

• Work Status End Date – MM/DD/YYYY: Enter the date the Work Status<br />

described in this Member Contract Record will end or has ended.<br />

For an employee who is expected to work multiple years, the End Date should<br />

be left blank. In this case, the Member Contract Record will renew<br />

automatically each school year, remaining in effect until you enter an End Date<br />

later (such as when the employee ends work in this position or goes on leave).<br />

Example: A teacher is hired. The teacher is expected to continue working for<br />

multiple school years, so no End Date is entered. In January, the teacher<br />

takes a job as Principal, which requires leaving the teaching position. On the<br />

existing teacher Member Contract Record, the End Date should be updated to<br />

be the last day the employee works as a teacher. A new Member Contract<br />

Record must be created for the Principal position.<br />

Note: In some cases, the End Date is modified automatically by PSERS. If<br />

an employee goes on a non-contributing leave, dies, or terminates all<br />

employment with you, you do not need to set the End Date on the employee’s<br />

existing Member Contract Records. Instead, create a single new Member<br />

Contract Record for that employee with the new Work Status (the type of<br />

leave, “DECESD - Deceased,” or “TRMNTN – Termination”) and with the Work<br />

Status Start Date set to the date the leave began or the date of death or the<br />

date of termination. In response to this new Member Contract Record,<br />

PSERS will change the End Date on all of this employee’s other Member<br />

Contract Records appropriately. When the employee returns from leave,<br />

create a new Member Contract Record for each position the employee<br />

resumes.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

43


• Expected Months: Enter the number of months that a full-time employee<br />

would normally be expected to work in this position each fiscal (school)<br />

year. This field must be set if Work Status is set to “ACTIVE - Actively<br />

Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver Request” AND Employment Type is set to<br />

“Full Time”; otherwise, this field is optional. If left blank, this field will<br />

default to 10 for part-time salaried employees.<br />

Example: If a full-time teacher is hired to work a 10-month school year,<br />

whether or not they are paid over the summer, enter “10” months.<br />

Note: The employee’s actual service time will be determined from Work<br />

Reports, not from the value entered into this field. This field is used only for<br />

certain types of benefit calculations.<br />

• Expected Units: Enter the number of days or hours that a full-time<br />

employee would normally be expected to work in this position each fiscal<br />

(school) year. This field must be set if Work Status is set to “ACTIVE -<br />

Actively Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver Request” AND Employment Type<br />

is set to “Full Time”; otherwise, this field is optional. If left blank, this field<br />

will default to 180 for part-time per diem employees and 1100 for part-time<br />

hourly employees.<br />

Full time hourly employees that work 9 or 10 months must have the<br />

correct hours posted in the Expected Units field in order to receive<br />

credit for the correct service.<br />

Example: A full time hourly secretary works for 9 months at 25 hours per<br />

week. The Expected Units for this employee is 900 (9 months times 100<br />

hours). The employee will receive credit for a full year of service if the<br />

employer reports 900 hours in the Monthly Work Reports. This only<br />

applies to full time hourly employees who work 9 to 10 months.<br />

If an employee is hired partway through the school year, enter the Expected<br />

Units that would apply if the position lasted an entire school year. The<br />

employee’s service time will be determined from Work Reports, not from<br />

Expected Units.<br />

Example: If a full-time teacher is hired for a 9 or 10 month school year, the<br />

expected number of units would be 180 – 195 days. It is assumed there are<br />

18-22 workdays per month. Entering a value outside this range will generate<br />

an exception message. To determine expected units for a part-time, salaried<br />

position, such as a coach, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Service Time on page 119.<br />

Note: The employee’s actual service time will be determined from Work<br />

Reports, not from the value entered into this field. This field is used only for<br />

certain types of benefit calculations.<br />

44<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• Voting Status: Use the drop-down menu to select “Certified” if this<br />

Member Contract Record describes a position that requires certification<br />

through the Pennsylvania Department of Education or other licensing<br />

agency, such as a teacher position. Otherwise, select “Non-Certified.”<br />

This classification is used to determine in which election the employee will<br />

vote to fill a seat on the PSERS Board. This field must be set if Work<br />

Status is set to “ACTIVE - Actively Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver<br />

Request”; otherwise, it is optional.<br />

• BOC Flag: This field is to be completed as a result of a termination or<br />

death of an employee. You must select either “Yes” or “No” from the dropdown<br />

menu. Select “Yes” if additional salary is to be reported in the month<br />

following termination or death of the employee; otherwise, select “No”.<br />

• Outstanding Service Credit Flag: Use the drop-down menu to select<br />

“Yes” if the employee has outstanding service time to be reported after<br />

termination or death. Only set this field to “Yes” if the employee has been<br />

terminated or has died and has additional service time to be reported later.<br />

• BOC/SVC End Date – MM/YYYY: If either the BOC Flag or the<br />

Outstanding Service Credit Flag is set to “Yes,” enter the month in which<br />

the last portion of the outstanding service or Balance of Contract will be<br />

paid. After the Work Report for that month has been submitted, PSERS<br />

will assume that all information has been reported, and Final Benefit<br />

Calculation will take place.<br />

The BOC/SVC End Date cannot be more than six months from the Work<br />

Status Start Date. Example: If an employee dies on June 3 rd , the BOC/SVC<br />

End Date must be November or earlier.<br />

Saving the Member Contract Record<br />

When you are done entering information, click “Save.” You will be returned to the<br />

Member Contract Information Window, with the message, “Msg – Member contract<br />

created successfully” near the top of the screen.<br />

At this point, the record has been saved. You may not make additional changes to<br />

the contract except to enter a contract end date. You may click “Cancel” to exit from<br />

this screen.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

45


Work Status Descriptions<br />

For employees on leave, select the Work Status that matches the reason for the<br />

leave, as well as whether or not the employee is contributing to their retirement<br />

account while on leave. Work Statuses that describe leaves of absence are divided<br />

into two categories: The final letter of the Work Status code for any type of leave is<br />

either “C” for contributing or “N” for non-contributing, based on whether or not the<br />

employee is making retirement contributions while on leave. Some of the noncontributing<br />

leaves are eligible for Purchase of Service, while others are not, as<br />

indicated for each.<br />

For information on how different Work Statuses affect Work Reports, see <strong>Reporting</strong> –<br />

Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />

• ACTIVE - Actively Working: This is the most common status. It is used<br />

when an employee is actively working, whether or not the employee is<br />

making contributions.<br />

• ACTIVW - Waiver Request: Select this Work Status if a part-time<br />

employee has requested a waiver from PSERS membership. PSERS will<br />

send a packet of information to the employee automatically, explaining<br />

how waivers work and providing a Membership Waiver (PSRS-51) form.<br />

• ACTMLC - Activated Military Leave (Contributing): You must use this<br />

Work Status for active employees who make retirement contributions while<br />

on leave to fulfill an obligation in the Armed Forces of the United States in<br />

time of war or armed conflict. This leave also applies to a reserve member<br />

of the armed forces pursuant to an order on or after July 1, 1990, to enter<br />

active military service for an order other than to enter into active duty to<br />

meet periodic training requirements.<br />

An employee serving the regular 15 days of active duty for Reserves should<br />

be reported as if in regular employment (with Work Status set to “ACTIVE -<br />

Actively Working”).<br />

“ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing Leave” should not be used to<br />

report an employee who volunteers to join the Military Service or National<br />

Guard. In that case, the Work Status should be “LEAVEN – Any Other<br />

Leave Not Listed (Non-Contributing)” or “TRMNTN – Termination” as<br />

appropriate.<br />

• SSLSSC - Special Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Contributing): This<br />

leave is granted to an employee who is ill and wishes to receive credit<br />

towards retirement. Granting of special sick leave is optional and must be<br />

approved by your (the employer’s) board of directors. The leave may not<br />

exceed one year.<br />

46<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


To qualify for the leave, the employer must pay for disability insurance<br />

sufficient to provide the employee with at least one-half regular salary.<br />

Both you and the employee must be willing to contribute based on the<br />

employee's full contract salary.<br />

• SSLWCC - Special Sick Leave, Worker’s Compensation<br />

(Contributing): This leave is granted to an employee who has been<br />

injured on the job and wishes to receive credit towards retirement.<br />

Granting of special sick leave is optional and must be approved by your<br />

(the employer’s) board of directors. The leave may not exceed one year.<br />

To qualify for the leave, the employee must receive at least one-half<br />

regular salary through Worker’s Compensation. Both you and the<br />

employee must be willing to contribute based on the employee's full<br />

contract salary.<br />

• SABTLC - Sabbatical Leave (Contributing): Select if the employee is on<br />

a paid sabbatical. The employee must receive at least one-half regular<br />

salary during the period of the sabbatical leave. Both you and the<br />

employee must make retirement contributions on the full salary that would<br />

have been earned had the employee been working. The difference<br />

between the salary actually paid and regular full salary must be reported in<br />

the “Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation” field on Work Reports.<br />

For more information, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />

• STUDYC - Professional Study Leave (Contributing): This Work Status<br />

is used for an employee who has been granted a leave for professional<br />

study and growth and who wishes to make retirement contributions while<br />

on leave.<br />

When your board of directors approves a Professional Study Leave, the board<br />

minutes should contain a note that the leave is for professional study and<br />

growth.<br />

• EXCHGC - Exchange Teacher Leave (Contributing): This leave is<br />

granted to a school employee who exchanges teaching positions with a<br />

teacher from another country and wishes to make retirement contributions<br />

while on leave. The foreign exchange teacher should not be added as a<br />

PSERS member and should not be reported through monthly Work<br />

Reports.<br />

• UNIONC - Collective Bargaining Unit Leave (Contributing): Select if<br />

the employee has been granted a leave for collective bargaining unit and<br />

wishes to make retirement contributions while on leave. Report the full<br />

contracted salary and service the employee would have worked for your<br />

school.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

47


Work Status for Non-Contributing Leaves that can be<br />

Purchased<br />

• ACTMLN - Activated Military Leave (Non-Contributing): This Work<br />

Status is used for an employee who is on activated military leave and has<br />

decided to discontinue making retirement contributions to PSERS during<br />

the leave. The service time from this leave may be purchased later if the<br />

employee chooses. This full salary should be reported under “Wages No<br />

Contributions” (WNC) in the Monthly Work Reports. You should also<br />

report full service.<br />

Military leaves are different from other leaves in that you, the employer, must<br />

continue to contribute the employer’s share of retirement contributions whether<br />

or not the employee chooses to contribute. You CANNOT receive a credit for<br />

these contributions, even if the employee does not elect to purchase credit for<br />

this service later or does not return from the leave.<br />

When the employee returns to school employment, the employee must<br />

provide a copy of the discharge documentation to you, the employer. A copy<br />

of this documentation must be submitted to PSERS.<br />

• SSLSSN - Special Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Non-Contributing):<br />

This leave is granted to an employee who is ill and who does not wish to<br />

make retirement contributions while on leave. The employee may choose<br />

to purchase the service time from this leave at a later date. Granting of<br />

special sick leave is optional and must be approved by your (the<br />

employer’s) board of directors. The leave may not exceed one year.<br />

The full contracted salary should be reported under “Wages No<br />

Contributions” (WNC) in the Monthly Work Reports.<br />

To qualify for the leave, the employer must pay for disability insurance<br />

sufficient to provide the employee with at least one-half regular salary.<br />

• SSLWCN - Special Sick Leave, Worker’s Compensation (Non-<br />

Contributing): This leave is granted to an employee who has been injured<br />

on the job and who does not wish to make retirement contributions while<br />

on leave. The employee may choose to purchase the service time from<br />

this leave at a later date. Granting of special sick leave is optional and<br />

must be approved by your board of directors. The leave may not exceed<br />

one year.<br />

This salary should be reported under “Wages No Contributions” (WNC) in<br />

the Monthly Work Reports.<br />

To qualify for the leave, the employee must receive at least one-half regular<br />

salary through Worker’s Compensation.<br />

48<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• STUDYN - Professional Study Leave (Non-Contributing): This Work<br />

Status is used for an employee who has been granted a leave for<br />

professional study and who does NOT wish to make retirement<br />

contributions while on leave. The employee may choose to purchase the<br />

service time from this leave at a later date.<br />

This salary should be reported under “Wages No Contributions” (WNC) in<br />

the Monthly Work Reports.<br />

When your board of directors approves a Professional Study Leave, the board<br />

minutes should contain a note that the leave is for professional study and<br />

growth.<br />

• EXCHGN - Exchange Teacher Leave (Non-Contributing): This Work<br />

Status is used for an employee who exchanges teaching positions with a<br />

teacher from another country and who does NOT wish to make retirement<br />

contributions while on leave. The employee may choose to purchase the<br />

service time from this leave at a later date.<br />

This salary should be reported under “Wages No Contributions” (WNC) in<br />

the Monthly Work Reports.<br />

Work Status for Non-Contributing Leaves that cannot be<br />

Purchased<br />

• WKCMPN - Worker’s Compensation Non-Contributing Leave: This<br />

leave is granted to an employee who has been injured while on the job, is<br />

receiving Worker’s Compensation, is not making retirement contributions<br />

while on leave, and is NOT eligible to purchase service time from this<br />

leave. This leave may last up to two years.<br />

The employee may NOT purchase service time from this leave. Use this Work<br />

Status if you, the employer, have not approved a special sick leave as a<br />

contributable or purchasable leave.<br />

Do not report any earnings or service to PSERS while an employee is on this<br />

type of leave.<br />

• LEAVEN – Any Other Leave Not Listed (Non-Contributing): Use this<br />

status when the employee is on leave, is not making retirement<br />

contributions, and the leave does not match any of the non-contributing<br />

leaves listed. This leave may last up to 24 months.<br />

The employee may NOT purchase service time from this leave. Use this<br />

Work Status if you, the employer, have not approved a leave as a<br />

contributable or purchasable leave.<br />

Do not report any earnings or service to PSERS while an employee is on this<br />

type of leave.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

49


• TRMNTN - Termination: Select if the employee has ended ALL work for<br />

you, the employer. Any other Member Contract Records this employee<br />

has with you will be ended automatically. If the employee has only ended<br />

one position but is still working for you in another position, do not set the<br />

Work Status to “TRMNTN - Termination.” Instead, set the Work Status<br />

End Date to indicate this position has ended. If necessary, enter another<br />

Member Contract Record to describe the continued employment.<br />

• DECESD – Deceased: Select if the employee died while in active, waved<br />

or leave status. Entering this status on any Member Contract Record<br />

automatically ends ALL Member Contract Records for this employee.<br />

Because it is important to begin benefits processing quickly after an<br />

employee’s death, Work Status should be changed within one day of when<br />

you learn about the death. Do not wait until the next batch of Member<br />

Contract Records is being submitted unless a file will be uploaded that day<br />

anyway.<br />

Note: Jury Duty is considered to be active employment rather than a leave.<br />

Report employees on Jury Duty as if they were working normally, with a Work<br />

Status of “ACTIVE – Actively Working.” If you have a policy of paying<br />

employees on Jury Duty the difference between their regular, full salary and<br />

the amount they are paid for Jury Duty, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on<br />

page 113.<br />

Note: To be eligible to purchase a non-contributing leave, the employee must<br />

meet the eligibility criteria.<br />

50<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Work Status Quick Reference Table<br />

Work Status<br />

ACTIVE - Actively Working<br />

ACTIVW - Waiver Request<br />

ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing<br />

Leave<br />

SSLSSC - Special Sick Leave, School<br />

Sponsored (Contributing)<br />

SSLWCC - Special Sick Leave, Worker’s<br />

Compensation (Contributing)<br />

SABTLC - Sabbatical Leave<br />

(Contributing)<br />

STUDYC - Professional Study Leave<br />

(Contributing)<br />

EXCHGC - Exchange Teacher<br />

Contributing Leave<br />

UNIONC - Collective Bargaining Unit<br />

Leave (Contributing)<br />

ACTMLN - Activated Military Leave<br />

(Non-Contributing)<br />

SSLSSN - Special Sick Leave, School<br />

Sponsored (Non-Contributing)<br />

SSLWCN - Special Sick Leave,<br />

Worker's Compensation (Non-<br />

Contributing)<br />

STUDYN - Professional Study Leave<br />

(Non-Contributing)<br />

EXCHGN - Exchange Teacher Leave<br />

(Non-Contributing)<br />

WKCMPN - Worker's Compensation<br />

Leave (Non-Contributing)<br />

LEAVEN - Any Other Leave Not Listed<br />

(Non-Contributing)<br />

TRMNTN - Termination<br />

DECESD - Deceased<br />

Description<br />

The employee is actively working, whether contributing or not.<br />

A Waiver Request has been made by an actively working employee,<br />

whether contributing or not.<br />

The employee is contributing while on activated military leave.<br />

The employee is contributing while on a special sick leave. The board of<br />

directors must approve this leave. The employer must pay for disability<br />

insurance sufficient to provide the employee with at least 1/2 regular<br />

salary.<br />

The employee is contributing while on a special sick leave. This leave<br />

must be approved by your board of directors, and the employee must be<br />

receiving at least 1/2 regular salary through Worker’s Compensation.<br />

The employee is contributing while on sabbatical. The employee must<br />

receive at least 1/2 regular salary during this leave.<br />

The employee is contributing while on a leave for professional study.<br />

The employee is contributing while working in a foreign teacher<br />

exchange program.<br />

The employee is contributing while on a leave for collective bargaining.<br />

The employee is NOT contributing while on activated military leave. The<br />

employee may choose to purchase the service time from this leave at<br />

a later date.<br />

The employee is NOT contributing while on a special sick leave. The<br />

board of directors must approve this leave. The employer must pay for<br />

disability insurance sufficient to provide the employee with at least 1/2<br />

regular salary. The employee may choose to purchase the service<br />

time from this leave at a later date.<br />

The employee is NOT contributing while on a special sick leave. The<br />

board of directors must approve this leave and the employee must be<br />

receiving at least 1/2 regular salary through Worker’s Compensation.<br />

The employee may choose to purchase the service time from this<br />

leave at a later date.<br />

The employee is NOT contributing while on a leave for professional<br />

study. The employee may choose to purchase the service time from<br />

this leave at a later date.<br />

The employee is NOT contributing while working in a foreign teacher<br />

exchange program. The employee may choose to purchase the<br />

service time from this leave at a later date.<br />

The employee is NOT contributing while on leave and receiving partial<br />

salary from Worker’s Compensation. The employee CANNOT purchase<br />

the service time from this leave.<br />

The employee is NOT contributing while on a leave that does not match<br />

any of the other leaves listed. The employee CANNOT purchase the<br />

service time from this leave.<br />

The employee has ended ALL employment with you. If only some<br />

positions have ended, instead set the Work Status End Date on the<br />

appropriate Member Contract Records.<br />

The employee has died.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

51


Member Contract Records – Create by Uploading a File<br />

You can submit multiple Member Contract Records at once, by uploading a file to the<br />

online system. You may use this procedure to submit as few or as many Member<br />

Contract Records as you want, but if you only need to submit a small number of<br />

Member Contract Records, you may find it easier to enter them directly online – see<br />

Member Contract Records – Creating Individually on page 41.<br />

Submit Member Contract Records to PSERS whenever you hire a new employee and<br />

whenever an employee’s work status and/or positions change.<br />

Before a Member Contract Record can be submitted for an employee, Member<br />

Demographic Information must be on file with PSERS for that employee. See the<br />

How is Member Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? sections starting on<br />

page 24 for more information.<br />

For information on how to submit Member Contract Records by uploading a file see<br />

Submitting Records by Uploading Files on page 159.<br />

Format for Member Contract Information Files<br />

For information on how to correctly format a Member Contract Record see the<br />

chapter titled Correctly Formatting Files on page 161. The following pages will<br />

illustrate in detail the layout for Member Contract Information Files.<br />

52<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Header of the Member Contract Information File<br />

The Member Contract Information file must include a single-line header as the first line<br />

in the file. The header line identifies the employer, the type of records in the file, the<br />

number of records in the file, and the date and time the file was created. This<br />

information must be in the following format:<br />

Header<br />

Record<br />

Type<br />

Employer<br />

Code<br />

Detail<br />

Record<br />

Count<br />

File<br />

Creation<br />

Date and<br />

Time<br />

R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

O = Optional<br />

C =<br />

Conditional<br />

Byte<br />

s Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />

R 1 1 Alpha (C=Contract) C Describes<br />

the incoming<br />

file type.<br />

R 6 2 Numeric 002345 Employer ID<br />

assigned to<br />

you by<br />

PSERS.<br />

R 6 8 Numeric 002680 Total<br />

number of<br />

detail<br />

records in<br />

R 12 14 Date as<br />

MMDDYYYYHHMM<br />

Filler R 151 26 NULL Filler. Space<br />

filled to match fixed<br />

length of detail record.<br />

this file.<br />

102520061400 Date and<br />

time in<br />

military<br />

format.<br />

All fields are required. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line.<br />

“Bytes” indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />

Example: The following sample header uses the information as shown in the above<br />

table:<br />

C002345002680102520061400<br />

151 spaces<br />

In this example, a Member Contract Information File from Employer 002345 is being<br />

submitted with 2,680 records in it. The file was created on October 25, 2006, at 14:00<br />

(2:00 p.m.).<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

53


Record Lines in the Member Contract Information File<br />

Each Member Contract Record must consist of a single line of information, in the<br />

following format:<br />

R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

O = Optional<br />

C =<br />

Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />

SSN R 9 1 Numeric 14925024<br />

5<br />

Social Security<br />

Number<br />

Last Name R 33 10 Alpha SMITH Required<br />

First Name R 35 43 Alpha AARON Required<br />

Date of R 8 78 Date as MMDDYYYY 07231958 Required<br />

Birth<br />

Job Title C 50 86 Alphanumeric; No<br />

predefined values.<br />

Space-filled if no<br />

value.<br />

Employment<br />

Type<br />

C 2 136 Alpha (PT= Part-time,<br />

FT= Full-time, spacefilled<br />

if no value)<br />

Wage Type C 2 138 Alpha<br />

(SA = Salary, HR =<br />

Hourly,<br />

PD = Per Diem,<br />

space-filled if no<br />

value)<br />

Work R 6 140 Alpha (status from<br />

Status<br />

Work<br />

Status Start<br />

Date<br />

Work<br />

Status End<br />

Date<br />

Expected<br />

Months<br />

Expected<br />

Units<br />

Voting<br />

Status<br />

Teacher<br />

PT<br />

SA<br />

ACTIVE<br />

Required if Work<br />

Status = ACTIVE or<br />

ACTIVW, else<br />

Optional.<br />

Required if Work<br />

Status = ACTIVE or<br />

ACTIVW, else<br />

Optional.<br />

Required if Work<br />

Status = ACTIVE or<br />

ACTIVW, else<br />

Optional.<br />

Required<br />

table on page 46)<br />

R 8 146 Date as MMDDYYYY 10252006 Required. The date<br />

the Work Status<br />

started.<br />

C 8 154 Date as MMDDYYYY 10252006<br />

or<br />

00000000<br />

C 2 162 Numeric ## (01-12,<br />

00=NULL)<br />

C 4 164 Numeric ####,<br />

0000=NULL<br />

C 1 168 Alpha<br />

(Y=Certified,<br />

N=Non-certified,<br />

space=NULL)<br />

The date the Work<br />

Status ended.<br />

10 or 00 Required if<br />

Employment<br />

Type=FT AND Work<br />

Status = ACTIVE;<br />

Optional if<br />

Employment<br />

Type=PT AND Work<br />

Status = ACTIVE.<br />

0180 or<br />

0000<br />

Y<br />

Required if<br />

Employment<br />

Type=FT AND Work<br />

Status = ACTIVE;<br />

Optional if Work<br />

Status = ACTIVE<br />

and Employment<br />

Type = PT.<br />

Required if Work<br />

Status = ACTIVE,<br />

else Optional.<br />

54<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

O = Optional<br />

C =<br />

Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />

BOC Flag C 1 169 Alpha<br />

(Y=Balance Due,<br />

N=No Balance Due,<br />

space=NULL)<br />

Y<br />

Required if Work<br />

Status =TRMNTN or<br />

DECESD, else<br />

Optional.<br />

Outstanding<br />

Service<br />

Credit Flag<br />

BOC/Svc<br />

End Date<br />

C 1 170 Alpha (Y= Member still<br />

has service to be<br />

reported, N= Member<br />

does not still have<br />

service to be reported,<br />

space=NULL)<br />

Y<br />

C 6 171 Date as MMYYYY 102006<br />

or<br />

000000<br />

Required if Work<br />

Status = TRMNTN<br />

or DECESD,<br />

Required, else<br />

Optional.<br />

If BOC Flag is set to<br />

“Y” or the<br />

Outstanding Service<br />

Credit Flag is set to<br />

“Y” then Required,<br />

else Optional<br />

For more information on any field, see Member Contract Records – Creating Individually on<br />

page 41. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the record line. “Bytes”<br />

indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

55


Uploading a Member Contract Information File<br />

First, access the Member Contract Info sub-menu, as described in How is Member<br />

Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? on page 24.<br />

From the “Member Contract Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “File<br />

Upload.” The following screen appears:<br />

For further information on how to upload a Member Contract Record see Uploading<br />

Information Files on page 163.<br />

Member Contract Info Work Area – File Window<br />

After uploading a file, go to the Member Contract Info Work Area, either by clicking<br />

“Work Area” in the File Upload window or by clicking “Work Area” in the Member<br />

Contract Info sub-menu. The File window of the Work Area appears:<br />

For information on how to navigate in the Contract Records Info File Window see the<br />

chapter on Work Area—File Window located on page 167.<br />

56<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Member Contract Info Work Area – Record Detail<br />

Window<br />

The Record Detail window in the Member Contract Info Work Area is used to add to,<br />

delete, or edit the individual Member Contract Records that are included in an<br />

uploaded file.<br />

Access<br />

To access the Record Detail window, go to the File window (see Member Contract<br />

Info Work Area – File Window on page 56 and click “Detail” next to the desired file.<br />

Note: The file must be validated before the Record Detail window can be accessed for<br />

that file.<br />

The Record Detail window looks similar to the following example:<br />

For more information on how to navigate the Member Contract Record Info Record<br />

Detail Window refer to the chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window on<br />

page 171.<br />

Saving Your Changes<br />

After adding, deleting, or editing any records in the Record Detail window, always<br />

save your work. To save, click “Save” twice. The first “Save” will save the information<br />

to a temporary file and the second “Save” will save the information permanently.<br />

If you log out or go to another part of the system without clicking “Save” twice, you will<br />

lose ALL changes you made since the last save. In this case, any records you added<br />

will be lost, any records you deleted will be restored, and any records you edited will<br />

be returned to their previous information.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

57


Submitting the Records to PSERS<br />

For information on how to submit Member Contract Record to PSERS see Submitting<br />

Records to PSERS on page 175.<br />

Member Contract Records –<br />

Changing Information for an Employee<br />

You must create a new Member Contract Record when the employee does one of the<br />

following:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

requests a waiver from PSERS membership<br />

goes on leave<br />

returns from a leave<br />

begins a new job with you<br />

terminates one or more jobs with you<br />

dies<br />

changes positions<br />

Member Contract Records cannot be changed once they are created.<br />

Employers may only edit the End Date of a contract.<br />

If an error is found in an old Contract Record, call the Employer Service Center for<br />

assistance.<br />

58<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


What You Do When an Employee…<br />

• goes on leave<br />

• terminates all jobs with you<br />

• dies<br />

…submit a single new Member Contract Record with Work Status set to the<br />

appropriate leave, or “TRMNTN - Termination,” or “DECESD - Deceased.” Set the<br />

Work Status Start Date to the date the leave began, or the date of termination or the<br />

date of death. In the case of termination or death, also set the BOC Flag, Outstanding<br />

Service Credit Flag, and BOC/Svc End Date fields to appropriate values. All of the<br />

employee’s other Member Contract Records will be end-dated automatically.<br />

• returns from a leave<br />

• begins a new job with you<br />

• receives a waiver denial<br />

…submit a new Member Contract Record for each job the employee will be working<br />

for you. If the employee is returning from leave, the Member Contract Record(s)<br />

showing the leave will be end-dated automatically. (Waiver denials require the<br />

employer to manually end-date previous “ACTIVW” record.)<br />

• requests a waiver from PSERS membership<br />

…submit a single new Member Contract Record with Work Status set to ”ACTIVW -<br />

Waiver Request” and Work Status Start Date set to the date the waiver was<br />

requested. Do not edit the existing Member Contract Record(s) for this employee.<br />

• terminates one job with you but continues working for you in another job<br />

…end-date the Member Contract Record for the position being ended, as described<br />

under End-Dating a Member Contract Record.<br />

• requires a Work Report Adjustment for a fiscal year prior to 2004-2005<br />

…contact the Employer Service Center for further assistance. See Contacting PSERS<br />

on page 205.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

59


Changing Member Contract Records Online<br />

You can only EDIT a Member Contract Record if you need to end-date it. In all other<br />

cases, you will be submitting a new Member Contract Record, as described in<br />

Member Contract Records – Creating Individually on page 41. Contact PSERS<br />

Employer Service Center to make changes to an existing Contract Record.<br />

End-Dating a Member Contract Record<br />

In some cases, you must “end-date” an existing Member Contract Record.<br />

Example: An employee works per diem as a substitute teacher and also works a<br />

part-time, hourly position providing office help. As her office hours increase, she<br />

decides to stop working as a substitute teacher. Edit the Member Contract Record<br />

that describes the per diem substitute teacher position. Set the Work Status End Date<br />

to the final date of work at this position.<br />

From the “Member Contract Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click<br />

“View/Edit Member Contract.” You will be prompted to enter the social security<br />

number for the employee. Enter the social security number and click “Submit.”<br />

• If the social security number you entered already has at least one Member<br />

Contract Record set up, you will see a list of these records:<br />

• Click “Detail” next to the Member Contract Record to be viewed or edited.<br />

You will see the Member Contract Information window.<br />

60<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


For more information on this window and the fields on it, see Member Contract<br />

Records – Create Online on page 41.<br />

• Edit the Work Status End Date. Enter the last date the Work Status<br />

described in this Member Contract Record was / will be valid. For example, if<br />

the employee is ending work in this position as of March 1, 2006, enter<br />

03 01 2006.<br />

• Click “Save”.<br />

After saving, you will be returned to the above screen, with the message, “Msg –<br />

Member contract created successfully” near the top of the screen. At this point, the<br />

record has been saved. You may make additional changes and save those, or you<br />

may click “Cancel” to exit from this screen. Clicking “Cancel” will cause you to lose<br />

any changes you made since the last “Save.”<br />

Correcting an Error in a Member Contract<br />

If you make an error when you submit a Member Contract Record, follow the<br />

directions under End-Dating a Member Contract Record.<br />

If you do not catch the error until after you have submitted your next monthly Work<br />

Report, you can only change the Work Status End Date field. To change another<br />

field, contact PSERS Employer Service Center.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

61


Changing Member Contract Records by Submitting a File<br />

This process is the same as submitting new Member Contract Records. See Member<br />

Contract Records - Create by Uploading a File on page 52 for details on this process.<br />

The only field that you can edit on a Member Contract is the End Date field.<br />

End-Dating a Member Contract Record<br />

In some cases, you must “end-date” an existing Member Contract Record, as directed<br />

under What You Do When an Employee….<br />

In order to end-date a Member Contract Record, submit a Member Contract Record<br />

where all information matches the current Member Contract Record, except for the<br />

Work Status End Date. Submit the appropriate date in this field.<br />

Example: An employee works per diem as a substitute teacher and also works a<br />

part-time, hourly position providing office help. As her office hours increase, she<br />

decides to stop working as a substitute teacher. Submit a Member Contract Record<br />

where all information matches the Member Contract Record for the per diem<br />

substitute teacher position, except for the Work Status End Date. In this field, submit<br />

the final date of work as a substitute teacher.<br />

Examples<br />

The following examples detail how to create Member Contract Records when an<br />

employee’s work status changes. For information on how to REPORT the employee<br />

during a time of change, see When An Employee’s Work Status Changes on page 109.<br />

Example #1: A teacher takes on a job as Principal, which involves leaving the<br />

teaching job. End-date the existing teacher Member Contract Record by setting Work<br />

Status End Date to the last date the employee will work as a teacher. Then, create a<br />

new Member Contract Record for the Principal position, with Work Status Start Date<br />

as the following day. (The first day working as a Principal.)<br />

Example #2: An employee works multiple positions for you and goes on leave.<br />

Submit a single new Member Contract Record with Work Status set to the appropriate<br />

type of leave and Work Status Start Date set to the date the leave began. PSERS will<br />

modify all of the employee’s existing Member Contract Records with you automatically<br />

to reflect the leave.<br />

If an employee works multiple positions for you and is only going on leave from one or<br />

some of these positions, contact PSERS to set just the appropriate Member Contract<br />

Records to leave and keep the others open. See Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />

When an employee returns from leave, submit new Member Contract Records for the<br />

position(s) being resumed. PSERS will automatically end-date all of the leave<br />

Contract Records.<br />

62<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Example #3: An employee dies. Submit a single new Member Contract Record with<br />

Work Status set to “DECESD – Deceased” and Work Status Start Date set to the date<br />

of death. Also set the BOC Flag, Outstanding Service Credit Flag, and BOC/Svc End<br />

Date fields to appropriate values. PSERS will modify all of the employee’s existing<br />

Member Contract Records with you automatically.<br />

Any Member Contract Records the employee has with other employers will not be<br />

affected, since the employee may have different Balance of Contract and Outstanding<br />

Service values with each employer.<br />

Example #4: An employee terminates all employment with you. Submit a single new<br />

Member Contract Record with Work Status set to “TRMNTN – Termination” and Work<br />

Status Start Date set to the date of termination. Also set the BOC Flag, Outstanding<br />

Service Credit Flag, and BOC/Svc End Date fields to appropriate values. PSERS will<br />

modify all of the employee’s existing Member Contract Records with you<br />

automatically.<br />

If the employee is only terminating one or more positions with you and is still working<br />

another position, do not set the Work Status to “TRMNTN - Termination.” Instead,<br />

change the Work Status End Date for the positions that are ending.<br />

Example #5: A part-time employee requests a waiver from PSERS membership.<br />

Submit a single new Member Contract Record with Work Status set to “ACTIVW -<br />

Waiver Request.” Set the Work Status Start Date to the day of employment for the<br />

position being waived.<br />

Only part-time employees can request a waiver from PSERS membership. To make<br />

sure the employee qualifies for the waiver, see Waiving Membership When Employed<br />

Part-Time on page 20. When you set an employee’s Work Status to indicate a waiver<br />

has been requested, PSERS will send a packet of information to the employee<br />

automatically, explaining how waivers work and providing a Membership Waiver<br />

(PSRS-51) form. The employer is no longer required to provide this form to the<br />

employee.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

63


Chapter<br />

5<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – An Introduction<br />

What You Will Do Monthly, Quarterly, and Annually<br />

Monthly:<br />

• Submit Member Demographic Information and at least one Member<br />

Contract Record for each of your new employees. Refer to Member<br />

Demographic information on page 23 and Member Contract Records on<br />

page 37.<br />

• Transmit a Work Report to PSERS by the 10 th of the month to report the<br />

previous month’s wages, contributions, and service (where applicable). See<br />

How are Work Reports Transmitted to PSERS? on page 131.<br />

You may find it is better to submit Work Reports before the 10 th of the month,<br />

in order to check the total amount of your Member (Employee) Contributions<br />

before you remit these to PSERS. These remittances are due at PSERS by<br />

the 10 th of the month.<br />

• After transmitting the Work Report, validate it. This process will detect most<br />

errors that may be in the Work Report. Correct all errors by the 20 th of the<br />

month and approve your report. See How are Work Reports Transmitted<br />

to PSERS? on page 131.<br />

• Remit Member (Employee) Contributions and Member Purchase of<br />

Service Installments to PSERS by the 10 th of the month. These are the<br />

contributions you withheld from employees’ wages during the previous<br />

month. If you are mailing a check, we suggest you mail it by the 5 th of the<br />

month to allow mail-handling time and ensure the check reaches us by the<br />

10 th of the month. Interest will be charged for late payments. For details, see<br />

Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

65


Quarterly, Annual, or As-Needed:<br />

• Pay your employer share of the retirement contributions to PSERS<br />

quarterly. For due dates, see page 82 (Due Dates under Payments –<br />

Remitting to PSERS). Interest will be charged for late payments.<br />

• Submit Work Report Adjustments as needed. Salary or service must be<br />

correct through Work Report Adjustments due to problems you will encounter<br />

when reporting through the normal Work Reports. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work<br />

Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />

• If you are not reporting service time for your salaried employees monthly,<br />

report this service time annually, as part of June’s Work Report, which<br />

must be submitted by July 10 th . Service time for all hourly and per diem<br />

employees must be included in monthly Work Reports as the service occurs.<br />

• If needed, submit form Request for <strong>Reporting</strong> Unit Credit (PSRS-709) to receive<br />

credit for contributions you paid for an employee on a paid leave who does not<br />

return from the leave or upon returning does not remain in your employ for a<br />

sufficient time (see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113). In these<br />

situations, see Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported on page 199.<br />

Do not fill our form Request for <strong>Reporting</strong> Unit Credit (PSRS-709) to receive a<br />

credit for contributions you paid for non-qualifying part-time employees<br />

during or after July 2004. This process is automated, so you will receive<br />

credits automatically when appropriate.<br />

What Earnings Qualify for Contributions and<br />

Contribution Rates<br />

For retirement purposes, all employee earnings (salary/wages, sick pay, pay during<br />

leave, bonuses, etc.) are either qualified or unqualified. Retirement contributions<br />

must be paid on qualified earnings and must not be paid on unqualified earnings.<br />

Qualified earnings must be reported to PSERS in Monthly Work Reports. Unqualified<br />

earnings need not be reported but may be reported in Monthly Work Reports under<br />

“Non Retirement Covered Compensation” (NRCC). See How are Work Reports<br />

Transmitted to PSERS? on page 131.<br />

Qualified Earnings<br />

The types of payments listed below are considered to be qualified earnings for<br />

retirement purposes if they are paid to a school employee who is eligible for PSERS<br />

membership. (See Membership—Eligibility and Waivers on page 13.) Retirement<br />

contributions must be paid on these earnings.<br />

In the monthly Work Reports, you must report earnings in the field indicated<br />

for each type of payment.<br />

• Regular Salary/Wages - Salary/wages based on the standard pay<br />

schedule for which the employee is rendering service. Report these<br />

earnings in the Base field.<br />

66<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• Overtime - Wages, paid over and above the regular salary, which<br />

represent additional hours worked. Report these earnings in the OT<br />

(Overtime) field.<br />

• Extracurricular activities - Wages paid for additional duties performed<br />

after normal working hours should be included in the SUPP (Supplemental)<br />

field. Examples of these earnings are wages paid to coaches, ticket takers,<br />

chaperones for school activities, yearbook overseers, etc.<br />

<br />

If you employ an individual solely for an extracurricular activity and<br />

they have qualified employment, then the earnings would be reported<br />

in the Base field as qualified salary. The member cannot be currently<br />

receiving a PSERS annuity and they cannot have waived membership<br />

in PSERS.<br />

• Jury duty - You must withhold and pay retirement contributions on the<br />

regular, full salary of employees who are serving jury duty. If you are<br />

paying the employee the regular, full salary, report this as usual in the Base<br />

field. If you are paying the employee the difference between the regular,<br />

full salary and the amount the employee is paid for serving on jury duty,<br />

report the amount you actually pay in the Base field and report the amount<br />

the employee is paid for the jury duty in the URCC (Unpaid Retirement<br />

Covered Compensation) field. Keep the Work Status as “ACTIVE –<br />

Actively Working” for employees on jury duty.<br />

• Difference payments – This type of payment applies if you pay a teacher<br />

who is on leave the difference between the teacher’s regular, full salary<br />

and the salary you pay to the substitute teacher who fills in for this teacher.<br />

In this case, you must pay retirement contributions on the regular, full<br />

salary. Report the amount you actually pay in the Base field and report the<br />

amount that is not paid in the Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation<br />

field.<br />

• Incentive payments – Based on a Commonwealth Court decision,<br />

incentive payments are retirement-covered compensation. The following<br />

criteria must be met:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The payment must be tied to work performance.<br />

There is an objective means to calculate the payment.<br />

The employer is contractually obligated to make the payment if the<br />

performance standards are met and are not discretionary or subjective.<br />

The payment is a significant part of the employee’s income.<br />

If the above criteria are met, report the incentive payment in the SUPP<br />

(Supplemental) field and withhold retirement contributions as you would on<br />

other pay to this employee. If the employee is part-time hourly or per diem<br />

and is not yet having contributions withheld, report the incentive payment in<br />

the WNC (Wages No Contribution) field.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

67


Example #1: All classroom reading teachers whose students show an<br />

average increase in reading ability of X% from the scores earned by an<br />

established testing method will earn an additional $1,000 payment at the<br />

close of the school year. The test(s) must be given during the first 4 weeks<br />

of the school year to establish a base reading level for each student and<br />

during the last 4 weeks of the school year to establish the reading level at<br />

the close of the school year.<br />

Example #2: A bus driver will receive an additional X% of their yearly<br />

salary if they have a whole school year with no accidents and no late runs.<br />

Late runs caused by weather conditions will not be counted against the<br />

driver. Adverse weather conditions will be determined using the standard<br />

school policy.<br />

• Paid Leave - Sick, annual, or personal leave paid to an employee who is<br />

on leave and is NOT making retirement contributions while on the leave<br />

MUST be reported. This type of payment is considered to be qualified<br />

earnings when an employee is reported to PSERS as being on a noncontributing<br />

leave, is NOT receiving Worker’s Compensation while on<br />

leave, and is then paid salary for their accumulated sick leave, annual<br />

leave, and/or personal leave. PSERS considers this payment for “used”<br />

leave, which qualifies as retirement-covered compensation. Report this<br />

type of pay in the Base field and record the contributions on it in the<br />

Contributions field. Report service time for this payment in the Days or<br />

Hours field.<br />

If you are reporting the employee’s regular, full salary in the WNC (Wages<br />

No Contribution) field during the leave, do NOT do so when you report the<br />

accumulated sick leave, annual leave, and/or personal leave. The WNC<br />

(Wages No Contribution) field should only be used if ALL of the salary in a<br />

Work Report Record is unpaid and is available for Purchase of Service.<br />

Exception: If the employee is receiving Worker’s Compensation during<br />

the leave, do NOT report any accumulated sick leave, annual leave, and/or<br />

personal leave that you pay to the employee. Continue to report the<br />

employee normally.<br />

• Employee dies while in service - Payment to an employee’s beneficiary<br />

or estate for time worked prior to the employee's death. Record this<br />

payment in the Base field and make contributions on it normally.<br />

68<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Part-Time Hourly and Per Diem Employees<br />

Part-time hourly and per diem employees become eligible for retirement<br />

contributions on their 500 th hour or 80 th day of employment in a school year. This<br />

service time is cumulative among all PSERS employers, so you must begin<br />

withholding contributions when the total employment between you and the other<br />

employer(s) reaches 80 days or 500 hours. PSERS will notify you if you do not<br />

begin withholding contributions at the necessary time.<br />

You have two basic choices for these employees:<br />

1. Withhold and report contributions to PSERS from the first day of<br />

employment. In this case, report the employee’s earnings as described<br />

under Qualified Earnings.<br />

or…<br />

2. Wait and make contributions when the employee reaches 500 hours or 80<br />

days. In this case, prior to the 80th day / 500th hour, report all earnings<br />

that would normally be qualified in the WNC (Wages No Contribution) field.<br />

Do not use the Base, OT (Overtime), SUPP (Supplemental), URCC<br />

(Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation), or EXSAL (Excess Salary)<br />

fields.<br />

You must withhold contributions beginning with the employee's 80th day<br />

or 500th hour. At this time, you must also begin paying the employer<br />

contributions. The employee and the employer will be billed for the<br />

contributions on the wages reported in the WNC (Wages No<br />

Contributions) filed.<br />

PSERS helps you determine when a part-time employee qualifies for retirement<br />

contributions:<br />

• If you do not pay employer contributions for an employee who qualifies,<br />

PSERS will send you a letter and bill you for the contributions you should<br />

have made. PSERS will also bill the employee for the employee’s share of<br />

the contributions that should have been made.<br />

• If you make employer contributions for an employee and that employee<br />

never reaches 80 days or 500 hours of employment in that school year,<br />

PSERS will credit the contributions to your account after the end of the<br />

school year.<br />

• If an employee does not reach qualification status in a school year and<br />

member contributions were deducted, PSERS will refund the member after<br />

all employer reporting is competed for that school year. An Application for<br />

Partial Refund (Non-Qualifying Service) is not required.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

69


Maximum Earnings Subject to Contributions<br />

IRS Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code limits the amount of<br />

compensation that is subject to retirement contributions for active employees entering<br />

PSERS membership on or after July 1, 1996.<br />

• For employees who became PSERS’ members before July 1, 1996, there is<br />

no maximum earning level beyond which retirement contributions should not<br />

be made. Contributions must be made on all qualifying earnings for these<br />

employees, regardless of how much they earn in a calendar year.<br />

• For employees who became PSERS’ member on or after July 1, 1996, the<br />

maximum amount of earnings that qualify for retirement contributions may not<br />

exceed the following amounts:<br />

Calendar Year Reportable Compensation Limit<br />

2006 $220,000<br />

2007 $225,000<br />

If an employee earns more in a calendar year than the limit shown above, all<br />

salary that exceeds this limit should be reported in the EXSAL (Excess Salary)<br />

field on the employee’s Work Report Records for the remainder of that<br />

CALENDAR year. No retirement contributions should be made on this excess<br />

salary.<br />

If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the compensation limit<br />

for that year will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number<br />

of months in the determination period and the denominator of which is 12.<br />

Example: For an employee who works for 5 months in 2006, the reportable<br />

compensation limit would be $91,667 ($220,000 x 5/12).<br />

70<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Unqualified Earnings (Non Retirement Covered<br />

Compensation)<br />

The Public School Employees' Retirement Board's Regulations, 22 Pa. Code §211.2<br />

states that certain types of payments you make to your employees must not be<br />

included in a retirement calculation.<br />

It is highly recommended that you report unqualified earnings to PSERS to reduce<br />

future questions, but it is not required. If reported, unqualified earnings must be<br />

reported in the NRCC (Non Retirement Covered Compensation) field in your monthly<br />

Work Reports.<br />

Below are the types of payments made to a school employee eligible for PSERS<br />

membership that are unqualified earnings.<br />

• Bonuses: As compared with incentive payments, which ARE qualified<br />

earnings, bonuses are paid as an extra amount outside of the contract<br />

between you and the employee and/or are based on subjective criteria.<br />

Example: An employer makes a payment of $1,000 to an employee in<br />

recognition of exceptional performance in the current school year. The<br />

payment is outside of the employee’s contract. This payment is a bonus<br />

because there was no contractual obligation to make the payment and<br />

defining an “exceptional performance” is subjective.<br />

• Severance Payments: Any payment that is contingent upon an employee<br />

retiring is not eligible for retirement contributions.<br />

Example: An employer agrees to pay $5,000 to any member who retires<br />

during the school year. This payment is not compensation for retirement<br />

because it is contingent upon retirement.<br />

• Additional Unqualified Payments: the following types of payments are not<br />

eligible for retirement contributions:<br />

<br />

Any payment you make to a non-salary reduction Internal Revenue<br />

Code 403(b) tax sheltered annuity, or similar payment. Although it<br />

may be considered compensation, it is not part of the stated salary for<br />

the job position.<br />

Example: If the employer agrees to make a contribution to an<br />

employee’s 403(b) plan in lieu of a salary increase, etc., the amount of<br />

the contribution should be reported in the NRCC (Non Retirement<br />

Covered Compensation) field in your monthly Work Reports.<br />

<br />

<br />

Any payments (remuneration or a profit derived from one’s office)<br />

received by a school employee for school service that is not based on<br />

the standard pay schedule for which they are rendering service.<br />

Payment for unused sick leave if paid in a lump sum.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

71


Payment of salary from sick leave, annual, or personal leave while an<br />

employee is on a non-contributing leave and is receiving a Worker’s<br />

Compensation benefit. This is considered payment for “unused” leave.<br />

Payment to an employee while on a non-contributing leave when the<br />

compensation does not equal at least one-half of the employee's regular<br />

contract salary (see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113.)<br />

Special payments for health and welfare plans based on the hours<br />

employed.<br />

Payment for unused vacation days or annual leave.<br />

Payment for unused personal days.<br />

Extracurricular pay while on a non-contributing leave during normal<br />

work hours.<br />

Payments for attending school seminars and conventions.<br />

Reimbursements for expenses, including tuition.<br />

Payments or a profit derived from one’s office that may be negotiated in<br />

a collective bargaining agreement for the express purpose of enhancing<br />

the compensation factor for retirement benefits.<br />

Payments made because of settlement or an arbitration or court case<br />

when the settlement involves less than full reinstatement, back pay,<br />

and benefits.<br />

Interest payment included with settlements or arbitration of a court<br />

case.<br />

All settlements or salary from arbitration will be reviewed by PSERS on<br />

a case-by-case basis. Send the information in writing to PSERS. Be<br />

sure to state what the settlement represents in detail and what the<br />

salary payment represents. You must provide a copy of the court<br />

award or arbitration.<br />

72<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Salaries for PSERS retirees hired for employment due to an<br />

emergency or shortage of personnel. An emergency is<br />

characterized as an increase in workload that creates a serious<br />

impairment of service to the public or a shortage of appropriate subject<br />

certified teachers or personnel.<br />

Salaries for PSERS retirees hired for an extracurricular activity. This<br />

applies only if hired under both of the following conditions:<br />

1. The retiree is hired for an extracurricular position that is conducted<br />

outside of the regular instructional hours and is not part of the<br />

school’s mandated curriculum.<br />

2. The retiree is employed under a separate written contract with you;<br />

and the written contract contains both:<br />

a) A waiver by the retiree of any potential retirement benefits that<br />

could result from the post-retirement employment, and…<br />

b) A release of both you and PSERS from any liability for benefits<br />

related to the post-retirement employment.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Payments to a student who is working as part of the student’s<br />

curriculum. If the work is NOT part of the curriculum, it is considered<br />

to be QUALIFIED earnings if the student is age 15 or older.<br />

Salary paid to employees serving as PIAA officials (they are<br />

considered independent contractors contracted through PIAA).<br />

Payments to an employee on a leave of absence due to a collective<br />

bargaining issue, in some circumstances. Contact PSERS to determine<br />

this. (This is a case-by-case basis). To contact PSERS, see Contacting<br />

PSERS on page 205.<br />

Payment to an employee in lieu of a benefit the employee is eligible to<br />

receive, or any reimbursement received by the employee. (These<br />

payments do not become part of your standard pay schedule.)<br />

Example: Payments in lieu of your employer-sponsored vision and<br />

dental plan.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

73


Consequences of <strong>Reporting</strong> Earnings Incorrectly<br />

Employers frequently make payments to their employees in excess of base salary.<br />

PSERS needs to know which payments count as retirement compensation and which<br />

do not.<br />

It is imperative to classify your payments to employees correctly. An employee must<br />

pay retirement contributions on their qualified earnings. In addition, these earnings<br />

are used to calculate the employee’s final average salary for retirement benefits. If<br />

the employee’s final average salary does not reflect their long-term average salary,<br />

this will trigger an audit of the employee’s account.<br />

See <strong>Reporting</strong> – An Introduction starting on page 65 for more information.<br />

When an employee’s base salary changes unexpectedly without a change in Work<br />

Status or Job Title that explains this change, PSERS will review your payments to<br />

this employee to determine if they represent compensation for retirement purposes.<br />

This review may require you to retrieve old records for this employee.<br />

Example: When employers grant large salary increases to employees at or near<br />

retirement age, it has the effect of greatly increasing the employee’s final average<br />

salary. PSERS sees these salary increases as being severance pay and therefore,<br />

excludes them from "compensation" by the regulatory definition.<br />

Please remember that the incorrect reporting of salaries could cause the following<br />

problems:<br />

• Your required contribution to PSERS might increase. This could affect your<br />

available budget. The rate used to calculate your share of contributions is<br />

computed as a percentage of the total compensation you and other employers pay<br />

to all the employees who are active members of PSERS. <strong>Reporting</strong> incorrect<br />

salary/wages could inflate the employer contribution rate for all employers.<br />

• A delay in processing a retiring employee’s final benefits. When PSERS<br />

calculates a retiring employee’s benefits, the contributions, service, and<br />

interest are checked. If the employee’s final average salary does not<br />

reflect the employees’ long-term average salary, this will trigger a full audit<br />

of the employee’s account.<br />

• If PSERS suspects that a salary you report on a monthly Work Report is<br />

incorrect, we will contact you for an explanation. If it turns out that you reported<br />

the earnings incorrectly, you will need to file a Work Report Adjustment to<br />

correct the situation. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />

• You must refund the excess to the employee if excess contributions were<br />

withheld from the employee’s earnings as a result of misreported salary.<br />

• You must contact the employee to obtain these unpaid contributions if<br />

insufficient contributions were withheld from the employee’s earnings as a<br />

result of misreported salary.<br />

• Inaccurate retirement estimates being given to employees. PSERS<br />

provides employees an estimate of their retirement benefits before an<br />

employees’ retirement. PSERS does not audit the employee's entire<br />

account to provide this estimate. If incorrect salary was reported, the<br />

estimate will include the incorrect salary. Therefore, the estimate may<br />

not reflect the correct retirement benefit.<br />

74<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Determining Employee Contribution Rates<br />

The contribution rate for each employee depends on several factors. You must<br />

determine the correct rate for each employee when that employee first begins work<br />

for you. It is also possible for an employee’s contribution rate to change under<br />

certain circumstances.<br />

As a double-check, PSERS calculates the contributions automatically for each<br />

employee and compares these contributions against the contribution reported in your<br />

Work Report. If the contributions do not match, PSERS notifies you of the<br />

discrepancy by identifying the information as an exception in the work report and<br />

charges or credits the difference to your account with PSERS. Employers should<br />

always check for exceptions in the work report before approving. Contact<br />

PSERS immediately if you do not agree with the rate PSERS displays in the<br />

exception message. The rate will be reviewed for accuracy.<br />

Membership Contribution Coverage Group<br />

Every employee belongs to the Dual Coverage Group. A member of the Dual<br />

Coverage (D) group makes full contributions to both the Social Security<br />

Administration and PSERS.<br />

Membership Class<br />

Employees who become a member of PSERS on or after July 1, 1967, automatically<br />

belong to the standard rate group. These employees are also members of the Dual<br />

Coverage group.<br />

All employees who become a member of PSERS after June 30, 2001, are<br />

automatically in Class T-D membership and have a standard contribution rate of 7.50<br />

percent of salary.<br />

Employees who became members of PSERS prior to July 1, 2001, had a standard<br />

contribution rate of 5.25 percent or 6.25 percent of salary. If the employees elected<br />

the new Class T-D, their contribution rate increased by 1.25 percent of their<br />

previously established contribution rate.<br />

Employees who did not elect the new Class T-D membership remain in Class T-C<br />

with a standard contribution rate of 5.25 percent or 6.25 percent of salary.<br />

If an employee has had a break in service or other qualifying event, consult the chart<br />

on page 76 to see if the employee’s contribution rate has changed.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

75


Quick Reference – When the Contribution Rate Changes<br />

Certain situations can cause the contribution rate for an employee to change:<br />

Hired…<br />

prior to July 22,<br />

1983<br />

prior to July 22,<br />

1983<br />

prior to July 22,<br />

1983<br />

prior to July 22,<br />

1983<br />

prior to July 22,<br />

1983<br />

after July 22,<br />

1983, but prior<br />

to July 1, 2001<br />

and…<br />

the employee has a 90-day or longer<br />

break in service, or a 2 year noncontributing<br />

leave and returned after July<br />

1983.<br />

A break in service is defined as a 90-day<br />

period during which the employee is not<br />

employed.<br />

Summer vacation is not considered a<br />

break in service.<br />

the employee refunds, vests or takes a<br />

normal, early, or disability retirement and<br />

subsequently returns to service on or after<br />

7/1/2001.<br />

a part-time member who qualifies for<br />

membership each school year<br />

the employee is purchasing the period<br />

beginning with the effective date of hire to<br />

the effective date on which retirement<br />

withholding began. Submit a letter to the<br />

Member Accounting Section certifying the<br />

employee's effective date, that the<br />

employee was employed prior to the time<br />

purchased, and retirement contributions<br />

were deducted after July 22, 1983.<br />

An employee who refunds but returns their<br />

checks because they decided not to<br />

refund is allowed to remain at the rate as<br />

long as the employee has returned to<br />

service within 90 days of leaving service.<br />

The check must be returned to PSERS<br />

within 90 days.<br />

a part-time employee who fails to qualify<br />

for membership during a school year<br />

if Class T-C,<br />

report at…<br />

if Class T-D,<br />

report at…<br />

6.25% 7.50%<br />

N/A (Return to<br />

membership will<br />

qualify under<br />

Class T-D)<br />

7.50%<br />

5.25% 6.50%<br />

5.25% 6.50%<br />

5.25% 6.50%<br />

N/A (Return to<br />

membership will<br />

qualify under<br />

Class T-D)<br />

7.50%<br />

76<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Exceptions<br />

• An employee who transfers to another employer is considered not to have a<br />

break in service if the transfer is made within 90 days of resignation from the<br />

former employment.<br />

• An employee who is furloughed or on a leave of absence is permitted to<br />

return to service within a two-year period and maintain the previous rate of<br />

contribution.<br />

• An employee who does not work because of a strike maintains the previous<br />

rate of contribution.<br />

• Part-time employees reported, who qualified in a previous school year,<br />

worked a short period of time in the next school year, went on leave without<br />

pay or were furloughed should remain at the established rate. This is<br />

provided they returned to service within a two-year period even though they<br />

may have refunded the money reported in a school year for which they did<br />

not qualify.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

77


Chapter<br />

6<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Monthly Work Report<br />

You must report employee earnings, contributions, Member Purchase of Service<br />

Installments, and work status monthly. In addition, service time for all non-salaried<br />

employees must be reported at the same time. Service time for salaried employees<br />

may be submitted monthly or annually; if you choose to submit this information<br />

annually, you must include it in the June Monthly Work Report.<br />

You must submit a Work Report Record for every employee who has not waived<br />

membership in PSERS. This includes part-time employees from the first day of<br />

employment.<br />

A Work Report Record contains the following information:<br />

• Employee’s social security number and birth date.<br />

• The fiscal year for the earnings and/or contributions being reported.<br />

• Wage type (hourly, per diem, or salaried).<br />

• Work status (“ACTIVE - Actively Working,” on some form of leave, etc.).<br />

• Employee’s base earnings, excluding earnings that exceed the IRS<br />

401(a)(17) limitations.<br />

• If the employee is on a qualified leave, any salary that was not paid but on<br />

which the employee is making contributions.<br />

• Any overtime compensation.<br />

• Any supplemental compensation paid for additional duties, or any salary for<br />

another job that does not have a separate Member Contract Record.<br />

• Employee’s retirement contributions withheld by the employer.<br />

• If employee is paid hourly, hours worked or hours of service time earned<br />

while on a contributing leave.<br />

• If employee is paid per diem, days worked or days of service time earned<br />

while on a contributing leave; for salaried employees, service time is reported<br />

in the DAYS field, either monthly or annually.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

79


• If employee is not contributing (due to a leave or because the employee is<br />

part-time and has not yet reached 80 days or 500 hours of service), salary<br />

that was or would have been paid.<br />

• Any Member Purchase of Service Installments.<br />

• Any excess salary paid above the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations.<br />

• Any compensation that is not eligible for retirement contributions, such as a<br />

bonus payment.<br />

To make it easier to create Work Reports, PSERS allows you to include employees’<br />

earnings, contributions, and service time in the monthly Work Report that<br />

corresponds to when this work was paid rather than the calendar month in which the<br />

work was performed.<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> by Pay Periods<br />

If you pay your employees on a monthly or semimonthly basis, you will probably find<br />

it easiest to report by pay periods. You may also use this reporting method if you pay<br />

on a different time schedule, such as weekly or biweekly.<br />

Example: An employer who pays twelve-month employees on a biweekly basis<br />

chooses to report by pay period, as follows:<br />

Pay Period<br />

Dates (all are in<br />

2006):<br />

Include in this<br />

monthly Work<br />

Report (set the<br />

“<strong>Reporting</strong> Period<br />

Date” in the Work<br />

Report Header to):<br />

Set the “Fiscal<br />

Year Ending”<br />

field in each<br />

Work Report<br />

Record to:<br />

Transmit<br />

the Work<br />

Report to<br />

PSERS<br />

by:<br />

Example<br />

Name:<br />

Check<br />

Date:<br />

Pay A May 2-14 May 21 May 2006 2006 06/10/06<br />

Pay B May 15-28 June 4 May 2006 2006 06/10/06<br />

Pay C May 29-June 11 June 18 June 2006 2006 07/10/06<br />

Pay D June 12-25 July 2 June 2006 2006 07/10/06<br />

Pay E June 26-July 9 July 16 July 2006 2007 08/10/06<br />

Pay F July 10-July 23 July 30 July 2006 2007 08/10/06<br />

All pay periods that END in a month are included in that monthly Work Report,<br />

regardless of when the pay period began or when the paycheck was issued.<br />

On each employee’s Work Report Record, the “Fiscal Year Ending” field is set to the<br />

fiscal year when the pay period ended. In Pay D above, the paycheck was issued in<br />

the 2006-2007 fiscal year (July 2), but the Fiscal Year Ending field will be set to 2006<br />

to match the pay period ending date (June 25 in the 2005-2006 fiscal year). In Pay<br />

E, the pay period began in the 2005-2006 fiscal year (June 26) but ended in the<br />

2006-2007 fiscal year (July 9); the Fiscal Year Ending field must be set to 2007.<br />

Note: Employees who work ten months out of the school year and are paid the<br />

Balance of Contract over he summer must reflect the year the salary was earned and<br />

not the year was paid in the “Fiscal Year Ending” field.<br />

80<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


<strong>Reporting</strong> by Paycheck Date<br />

Some employers may prefer to report each payroll based on the month in which the<br />

paychecks were issued for that pay period.<br />

Example: An employer who pays twelve-month employees on a biweekly basis<br />

chooses to report by paycheck date, as follows:<br />

Pay Period<br />

Dates (all are in<br />

2006):<br />

Include in this<br />

monthly Work<br />

Report (set the<br />

“<strong>Reporting</strong> Period<br />

Date” in the Work<br />

Report Header to):<br />

Set the “Fiscal<br />

Year Ending”<br />

field in each<br />

Work Report<br />

Record to:<br />

Transmit<br />

the Work<br />

Report to<br />

PSERS<br />

by:<br />

Example<br />

Name:<br />

Check<br />

Date:<br />

Pay A May 2-14 May 21 May 2006 2006 06/10/06<br />

Pay B May 15-28 June 4 June 2006 2006 07/10/06<br />

Pay C May 29-June 11 June 18 June 2006 2006 07/10/06<br />

Pay D June 12-25 July 2 July 2006 2006 08/10/06<br />

Pay E June 26-July 9 July 16 July 2006 2007 08/10/06<br />

Pay F July 10-July 23 July 30 July 2006 2007 08/10/06<br />

All checks issued in a month are included in that monthly Work Report, regardless of<br />

when the actual work was performed.<br />

On each employee’s Work Report Record, the “Fiscal Year Ending” field must be set<br />

to the fiscal year when the pay period ended, so that the wages and service will be<br />

applied to the correct year. In Pay D above, the paycheck was issued in the 2006-<br />

2007 fiscal year (July 2), but the Fiscal Year Ending field must be set to 2006, since<br />

the pay period ended in the 2005-2006 fiscal year (June 25).<br />

If a pay period crosses fiscal years, set the “Fiscal Year Ending” field on each<br />

employee’ Work Report Record to the fiscal year of the pay period ENDING date. In<br />

Pay E, the pay period began in the 2005-2006 fiscal year (June 26) but ended in the<br />

2006-2007 fiscal year (July 9). The Fiscal Year Ending field must be set to 2007.<br />

In this example, the July 2006 Work Report includes a pay period from fiscal year<br />

2006 and a pay period from fiscal year 2007. Because of this, each employee would<br />

have two Work Report Records in the July 2006 Work Report in this example: one<br />

that includes Pay D and one that includes Pay E.<br />

Note: Employees who work ten months out of the school year and are paid the<br />

Balance of Contract over he summer must reflect the year the salary was earned and<br />

not the year was paid in the “Fiscal Year Ending” field.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

81


Payment Due Dates<br />

• You must remit Member Contributions and Member Purchase of Service<br />

Installments to PSERS in time for them to arrive at PSERS by the 10 th of the<br />

month (the same day your monthly Work Report is due.) These are the<br />

contributions you withheld from employees’ wages during the previous<br />

month, as well as any Member Purchase of Service Installments your<br />

employees are having withheld from their paychecks. If you are paying by<br />

check, we suggest you mail the checks to us by the 5 th of the month to allow<br />

mail-handling time and ensure they reach us by the 10 th of the month.<br />

Interest will be charged for late payments.<br />

• If the Member Contributions you remit to PSERS are less than 90% of the<br />

amount due for that month (plus 100% of any overdue amount), you will be<br />

charged interest on the unpaid amount at a rate of 6% per annum. Interest<br />

will be charged on the 21 st of each month for every day the payment was late<br />

(starting with the day after payment was due). If you pay at least 90% but<br />

less than 100% of the due amount during the month it is due, the remainder<br />

must be paid by the 10 th of the next month, or interest will begin to accrue on<br />

this amount. See Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185.<br />

• If the Member Purchase of Service Installments you remit to PSERS are less<br />

than 100% of the amount due for that month, you will be charged interest on<br />

the unpaid amount at a rate of 6% per annum. Interest will be charged on the<br />

21 st of each month for every day the payment was late (starting with the day<br />

after payment was due). See Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185.<br />

• You may find it is better to submit Work Reports before the 10 th of the<br />

month in order to check the total amount of your Member (Employee)<br />

Contributions and Member Purchase of Service Installments before you<br />

remit these to PSERS.<br />

• You must submit Member Demographic Information and at least one Member<br />

Contract Record for an employee BEFORE you submit a Work Report<br />

Record for that employee.<br />

Employee Working Multiple Jobs for You<br />

It is not unusual for an employee to work more than one job for you.<br />

Example: A teacher coaches a sport team and helps at lunchtime.<br />

Depending on the jobs worked, you may have entered more than one Member<br />

Contract Record for the employee. When reporting for this employee, you may need<br />

to report these positions separately or combine them in one Work Report Record.<br />

For details, see <strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee Who Works Multiple Positions for You on<br />

page 106.<br />

82<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Changes in an Employee’s Work Status<br />

Changes to an employee’s work status are indicated by submitting a new Member<br />

Contract Record and by end-dating the previous existing Member Contract Record.<br />

See Member Contract Records – Changing Information for an Employee on page 58<br />

if an employee:<br />

• Requests a waiver from PSERS membership.<br />

• Goes on leave.<br />

• Returns from a leave.<br />

• Begins a new job with you.<br />

• Terminates one or more jobs with you.<br />

• Dies.<br />

For information on how to report the employee during a time of change, see When<br />

An Employee’s Work Status Changes on page 109.<br />

How are Work Reports Transmitted to PSERS?<br />

First, access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />

familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />

From the Employer Services window, click “Work <strong>Reporting</strong>” in the left-hand menu.<br />

A sub-menu appears, as shown next:<br />

Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Sub-Menu<br />

For further details on the Monthly Work Report Info Sub-Menu refer to the chapter<br />

titled Information Sub—Menu on page 157.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

83


Monthly Work Report – Create Online<br />

Some employers may prefer to enter Work Report Records directly online rather than<br />

uploading a file to PSERS. Small employers who do not have a payroll/HR software<br />

system that can create Work Report files automatically typically use this option.<br />

Work Report Records must be created by the 10 th day of the month following the<br />

month being reported and must be approved for submission to PSERS by the 20 th of<br />

the month.<br />

First, access the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> sub-menu, as described in <strong>Reporting</strong> -- Monthly<br />

Work Report on page 79.<br />

From the “Work <strong>Reporting</strong>” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “Create<br />

Work Report.” You will see the following on your screen:<br />

Enter the Year and Month in which the salary and service you are reporting<br />

was earned. Enter the year in YYYY format, with no spaces, dashes, or other<br />

characters. Select the Month from the drop-down box. Use the actual calendar<br />

month and year of the report.<br />

After entering the Year and Month, click Create. You will see the following screen:<br />

This screen is the Work Area Detail Window. From here you will add or edit your<br />

employees’ Work Report Records, as described in Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area on<br />

page 90.<br />

84<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Monthly Work Report - Create by Uploading a File<br />

For information on how to submit Monthly Work Reports by uploading a file see<br />

Submitting Records by Uploading Files on page 159.<br />

The file must be uploaded by the 10 th of the month following the month being<br />

reported. You have until the 20 th of the month to correct any errors and to approve<br />

the Work Report for submission to PSERS.<br />

Only one Work Report can be submitted for a particular month, so ensure your Work<br />

Report is complete and correct before you approve it for submission to PSERS. See<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Ensuring the Monthly Work Report is Complete and Correct on page 105.<br />

Reminder: Before you can submit a Work Report Record for an employee, Member<br />

Demographic Information and at least one Member Contract Record must be on file<br />

with PSERS for that employee.<br />

Every night, PSERS processes Work Reports that have been approved for<br />

submission. At this time, PSERS releases the Work Report and posts the<br />

information in it to our records. The information in your monthly Work Report will be<br />

applied to your account with PSERS and to your employees’ accounts with us.<br />

You may view a report that has been approved, such as a previous month’s report.<br />

Use the Approved Reports option to do this. There is a print function on the top<br />

right of the screen when the file is opened. You must print in landscape format.<br />

To make any corrections after a Work Report has been released, you must submit a<br />

Work Report Adjustment. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />

Format for Work Report Files<br />

For information on how to correctly format a Work Report see the chapter<br />

titled Correctly Formatting Files on page 161. The following pages will<br />

illustrate in detail the layout for Work Report Files.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

85


Header of the Work Report File<br />

The Work Report file must include a single-line header as the first line in the file. The<br />

header line identifies the employer, the type of records in the file, the number of<br />

records in the file, the date and time the file was created, and the total dollar amount<br />

for each wage category in the file. This information must be in the following format:<br />

Header<br />

Record<br />

Type<br />

Employer<br />

Code<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong><br />

Period Date<br />

Detail<br />

Record<br />

Count<br />

R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

O = Optional<br />

C =<br />

Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />

R 1 1 Alpha (R=Work<br />

Report)<br />

R<br />

Describes the incoming<br />

file type; Member Work<br />

Report information.<br />

R 6 2 Numeric 6-digit<br />

number<br />

003456 Employer ID assigned<br />

by PSERS<br />

R 6 8 Date as MMYYYY 052006 The month and year<br />

being reported in the<br />

Work Report. Cannot<br />

be duplicated.<br />

R 6 14 Numeric 6-digit<br />

number<br />

Base Total R 12 20 Numeric as<br />

#########.##<br />

Unpaid<br />

Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation<br />

Total<br />

Overtime<br />

Total<br />

Supplemental<br />

Total<br />

Wages No<br />

Contribution<br />

Total<br />

Member<br />

POS Installment<br />

Total<br />

Excess<br />

Salary Total<br />

Non-Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation<br />

Creation<br />

Date and<br />

Time<br />

R 12 32 Numeric<br />

#########.##<br />

R 12 44 Numeric<br />

#########.##<br />

R 12 56 Numeric<br />

#########.##<br />

R 12 68 Numeric<br />

#########.##<br />

R 12 80 Numeric<br />

#########.##<br />

R 12 92 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

R 12 104 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

R 12 116 Date as<br />

MMDDYYYY<br />

HHMM<br />

002680 Total number of Work<br />

Report Records.<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

102520061300<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

All fields are required. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line.<br />

“Bytes” indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />

Totals refer to this file only.<br />

Total dollar amount of<br />

Base field in all Work<br />

Report Records.<br />

Total dollar amount of<br />

Unpaid Retirement<br />

Covered Compensation<br />

field in all Work Report<br />

Records.<br />

Total dollar amount of<br />

Overtime field in all<br />

Work Report Records.<br />

Total dollar amount of<br />

Supplemental field in all<br />

Work Report Records.<br />

Total dollar amount of<br />

Wages No Contribution<br />

field in all Work Report<br />

Records.<br />

Total dollar amount of<br />

Member POS<br />

Installment field in all<br />

Work Report Records.<br />

Total dollar amount of<br />

Member Excess Salary<br />

field in all Work Report<br />

Records.<br />

Total dollar amount of<br />

Non-Retirement<br />

Covered Compensation<br />

field in all Work Report<br />

Records.<br />

File creation date and<br />

time in military format.<br />

86<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Record Lines in the Work Report File<br />

Each Work Report Record must consist of a single line of information, in the<br />

following format:<br />

Social<br />

Security<br />

Number<br />

Date of<br />

Birth<br />

Fiscal<br />

Year<br />

Ending<br />

Wage<br />

Type<br />

Work<br />

Status<br />

R/O/C<br />

R =<br />

Required<br />

O =<br />

Optional<br />

C =<br />

Conditional Bytes Start<br />

Format &<br />

Values Sample Comments<br />

R 9 1 Numeric 123456789 Required<br />

R 8 10 Date as<br />

MMDDYYYY<br />

04121980 Required<br />

R 4 18 Year as YYYY 2006 The fiscal year in<br />

which the salary and<br />

service were earned.<br />

R 2 22 Alpha<br />

SA<br />

The wage type must<br />

SA = Salary<br />

match the Contract<br />

PD = Per Diem<br />

Record submitted.<br />

HR = Hourly<br />

R 6 24 Alpha; value from<br />

Work Status<br />

Table<br />

Base C 9 30 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

Unpaid<br />

Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation<br />

C 9 39 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

ACTIVE<br />

005000.00<br />

or<br />

000000.00<br />

005000.00<br />

or<br />

000000.00<br />

The work status that<br />

was in effect at the<br />

end of the month of<br />

the reporting period.<br />

This field is required<br />

if… • Work Status<br />

equals ACTIVE AND<br />

both Supplemental<br />

AND Wages No<br />

Contribution equal<br />

zero. • Work Status<br />

equals SABTLC. •<br />

Work Status equals<br />

ACTMLC, STUDYC,<br />

EXCHGC, SSLWCC,<br />

UNIONC, or SSLSSC<br />

AND Unpaid<br />

Retirement<br />

Contributions equals<br />

zero. • Work Status<br />

equals NOWORK<br />

must be zero value.<br />

This field is required<br />

if…<br />

• Work status equals<br />

SABTLC • Work<br />

status equals<br />

ACTMLC, STUDYC,<br />

EXCHGC, SSLWCC,<br />

UNIONC, or SSLSSC<br />

AND Base equals<br />

zero. If Work Status<br />

equals NOWORK<br />

must be zero value.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

87


R/O/C<br />

R =<br />

Required<br />

O =<br />

Optional<br />

C =<br />

Format &<br />

Conditional Bytes Start<br />

Overtime O 9 48 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

Supplemental<br />

Contributions<br />

C 9 57 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

C 9 66 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

Values Sample Comments<br />

000100.00<br />

or<br />

000000.00<br />

000100.00<br />

or<br />

000000.00<br />

000350.00<br />

or<br />

000000.00<br />

Hours C 4 75 Numeric as #### 0160 or<br />

0000<br />

Days C 6 79 Numeric as<br />

###.##<br />

020.00<br />

or<br />

000.00<br />

If Work Status equals<br />

NOWORK must be<br />

zero value.<br />

If Work Status equals<br />

ACTIVE AND both<br />

Base AND Wages No<br />

Contribution equal<br />

zero, then Required.<br />

If Work Status equals<br />

NOWORK must be<br />

zero value.<br />

If Base OR<br />

Supplemental OR<br />

Overtime OR Unpaid<br />

Retirement Covered<br />

Compensation is not<br />

zero, then<br />

Contributions<br />

Required. If Work<br />

Status equals<br />

NOWORK must be<br />

zero value.<br />

If Wage Type equals<br />

HR AND<br />

(Contributions are<br />

greater than zero OR<br />

Wages No<br />

Contributions are<br />

greater than zero)<br />

then Required, else<br />

Optional. If Work<br />

Status equals NO<br />

WORK must be zero<br />

value.<br />

If Wage Type equals<br />

PD AND<br />

(Contributions are<br />

greater than zero OR<br />

Wages No<br />

Contribution greater<br />

than zero) then<br />

Required, else<br />

Optional. If Work<br />

Status equals<br />

NOWORK must be<br />

zero value.<br />

88<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Wages No<br />

Contribution<br />

Excess<br />

Salary<br />

Member<br />

POS<br />

Installment<br />

Non-<br />

Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation<br />

R/O/C<br />

R =<br />

Required<br />

O =<br />

Optional<br />

C =<br />

Format &<br />

Conditional Bytes Start<br />

C 9 85 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

O 9 94 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

C 9 103 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

O 9 112 Numeric as<br />

######.##<br />

Filler R 7 121 NULL Filler.<br />

Space filled to<br />

match fixed<br />

length of header<br />

record.<br />

Values Sample Comments<br />

000100.00<br />

or<br />

000000.00<br />

000100.00<br />

or<br />

000000.00<br />

000100.00<br />

or<br />

000000.00<br />

000100.00<br />

or<br />

000000.00<br />

This field is required<br />

if…<br />

• Work Status equals<br />

ACTMLN OR<br />

SSLWCN SSLSSN<br />

OR STUDYN OR<br />

EXCHGN. • Work<br />

Status equals ACTIVE<br />

AND (Wage Type<br />

equals HR OR PD)<br />

AND Base equals<br />

zero AND<br />

Supplemental equals<br />

zero, then Required.<br />

If Work Status equals<br />

NOWORK must be<br />

zero value.<br />

If you are deducting<br />

Purchase of Service<br />

for employee, this field<br />

must represent the<br />

amount withheld.<br />

If Work Status =<br />

ACTIVE and Base<br />

exceeds the<br />

401(a)(17) limitation,<br />

then Base must not be<br />

greater the 401(a)(17)<br />

limitation and Excess<br />

Salary must > 0. If<br />

Work Status equals<br />

NOWORK must be<br />

zero value.<br />

Optional field for Non-<br />

Retirement Covered<br />

Comp, such as<br />

payment of unused<br />

sick time, bonus pay,<br />

etc. If Work Status<br />

equals NOWORK<br />

must be zero value.<br />

7 spaces<br />

“Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line. “Bytes” indicates how<br />

many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length. Do not leave blank spaces<br />

except under filler.<br />

For more information on any field, see Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area on page 90.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

89


Uploading a Work Report File<br />

First, access the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> sub-menu, as described in <strong>Reporting</strong> --Monthly<br />

Work Report on page 79.<br />

From the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “File<br />

Upload.” The following appears on the screen:<br />

For further information on how to upload Monthly Work Reports see Uploading<br />

Information Files on page 163.<br />

Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area<br />

After you create a Work Report (either by uploading a file or by creating a Work<br />

Report online), the next step is to go to the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area.<br />

You can reach the Work Area in any of three ways:<br />

• By clicking “Work Area” in the File Upload window. This will take you to<br />

the File Window of the Work Area.<br />

or…<br />

• By clicking “Work Area” in the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> sub-menu. This will take<br />

you to the File Window of the Work Area.<br />

or…<br />

• By creating a Work Report online. In this case, you will be placed in the<br />

Record Detail Window of the Work Area automatically. See Record<br />

Detail Window later in this section.<br />

90<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


File Window<br />

The File window displays your Work Reports. You can view Work Reports you<br />

created through a file upload by checking the “Import Reports” option near the top of<br />

the window, or you can view Work Reports that you created directly online by<br />

checking the “Manual Reports” option.<br />

Work Reports Created by File Upload<br />

Select the “Import Reports” option near the top of the window to view Work Reports<br />

that you created by uploading files. You will see a screen similar to the following:<br />

For information on how to navigate in the Work Report File Window see the chapter<br />

on Work Area—File Window on page 167.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

91


Work Reports Created Online<br />

The system will automatically default to the “Import Reports” work area. You must<br />

select the “Manual Reports” option near the top of the window to view Work Reports<br />

that you created directly online. You will see a screen similar to the following:<br />

For more information on how to navigate the Work Report Detail Window refer to the<br />

chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window on page 171.<br />

92<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Record Detail Window<br />

The Record Detail window in the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area is used to add to,<br />

delete, or edit the individual Work Report Records that are included in a Work Report.<br />

Access<br />

To access the Record Detail window, go to the File window (see File Window above)<br />

and click “Detail” or “Edit” next to the desired Work Report.<br />

The Record Detail window looks similar to the following example:<br />

For more information on how to navigate the Work Report Detail Window refer to the<br />

chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window on page 171.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

93


Adding a Work Report Record<br />

To add a new Work Report Record to the monthly Work Report, click Add on the<br />

Work Report Record Detail window. You will be prompted to enter the SSN (social<br />

security number) for the employee whose work you are entering.<br />

Enter the social security number and click “Submit.”<br />

• If there is no Member Demographic Information on file, for the social security<br />

number you entered, you will see the message, “Error – SSN does not exist.”<br />

At this point, you must enter information into the appropriate fields for this Work<br />

Report Record. The fields are described under Using the Edit Window below. You<br />

can add or edit information in either of two ways:<br />

<br />

Click in each field in turn and change that field on the spot.<br />

or…<br />

<br />

Click on Edit to the left of the Work Report Record. This will take you into<br />

the Edit window, described under Using the Edit Window, next. This window<br />

provides more information about any error(s) and exception(s) in the record<br />

as you edit.<br />

Add a Work Report Record for each employee who is to be reported. If an employee<br />

works more than one position for you, combine the positions by Wage Type (hourly,<br />

per diem, and salaried). For example, combine all of an employee’s hourly positions<br />

into a single Work Report Record. The maximum number of Work Report Records<br />

for any employee is three per fiscal year per month.<br />

94<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Using the Edit Window<br />

The Edit window allows you to add or edit information for any individual Work Report<br />

Record. To access this window, click on “Edit” to the left of a Work Report Record in<br />

the Work Report Record Detail window.<br />

The Edit window looks like the following:<br />

Note: You must use leading zeros when editing an uploaded file. This does not<br />

apply to manual files.<br />

Enter information into the appropriate fields. For more information on any field, see<br />

Work Report Record Fields on page 96.<br />

When done entering information, click Save. The record will be validated to ensure<br />

that all information is entered in the correct format and that all necessary fields have<br />

been filled in for this Work Report Record.<br />

• If any errors or exceptions are found during the validation process, you will be<br />

returned to the Edit window, and the errors or exceptions will be displayed<br />

near the top of the window. Errors must be corrected. Exceptions are shown<br />

for your reference, so you can verify that the information is correct. Some<br />

sample errors include:<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

95


• If the Work Report Record passes the validation check, it will be saved to<br />

your monthly Work Report. You will be returned to the Edit window, with the<br />

message, “Msg – Member work record created successfully” near the top of<br />

the screen. At this point, the record has been saved. You may make<br />

additional changes and save those, or you may click “Cancel” to exit from this<br />

screen. Clicking “Cancel” will cause you to lose any changes you made since<br />

the last “Save.” When entering new information or entering new data, always<br />

save the file twice before leaving in order for the data to be retained.<br />

Note: Errors are not saved on manual files. Errors are only saved to edit later on<br />

uploaded files.<br />

All errors must be corrected before you can save the Work Report Record and exit<br />

from the Edit window. Exceptions are shown for your information; you may save and<br />

exit with the exception still in place. If you must leave this window without correcting<br />

all errors, click “Cancel.” In this case, edit the record again later.<br />

Work Report Record Fields<br />

Each Work Report Record contains the following fields:<br />

• Wage Type: Select “Hourly,” “Per Diem,” or “Salary” from the drop-down<br />

menu, based on how this position is paid. Do not leave this field blank.<br />

If an employee is on a leave of absence, select the Wage Type for how the<br />

employee would be paid if not on leave.<br />

• Work Status: When you select the Wage Type, the Work Status on the<br />

employee’s matching Member Contract Record will appear automatically. If<br />

you need to change this to match another Member Contract Record for this<br />

employee, use the drop-down menu.<br />

The Work Status cannot be left blank and must match a Member Contract<br />

Record for this employee.<br />

Exception: There is one Work Status available in Work Reports that is not in<br />

Member Contract Records: NOWORK. “NOWORK” is selected on the Work<br />

Report Record if the Member Contract Record has a Work Status of “ACTIVE<br />

- Actively Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver Request” but the employee did NOT<br />

work during the period being reported.<br />

Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />

For more information on Work Statuses, see Member Contract Records –<br />

Create Online on page 41.<br />

• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): Enter the ending year of the fiscal year in<br />

which the salary and service were earned. Enter the year in YYYY format,<br />

with no spaces, dashes, or other characters. This field cannot be left blank.<br />

Example: For the 2007-2008 fiscal year, enter 2008.<br />

96<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• BASE: Enter the employee’s base salary earned during the period being<br />

reported. Do not include any earnings above the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations.<br />

Enter the earnings as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />

Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />

point.<br />

Example: If the employee earned $1,233.00, enter: 1233.00.<br />

This field must be higher than zero if any of the following is true:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Work Status is ”ACTIVE - Actively Working” AND the SUP<br />

(Supplemental) AND WNC (Wages No Contribution) fields both equal<br />

zero.<br />

or…<br />

Work Status is “SABTLC – Sabbatical Contributing Leave.”<br />

or…<br />

URCC (Unpaid Retirement Contributions) equals zero AND Work Status<br />

is any paid/contributing leave of absence: “ACTMLC - Activated Military<br />

Contributing Leave”; “STUDYC - Professional Study Contributing Leave”;<br />

“EXCHGC - Exchange Teacher Contributing Leave”; “SSLWCC - Special<br />

Sick Leave, Worker’s Compensation (Contributing)”; “SSLSSC - Special<br />

Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Contributing)”; or “UNIONC - Collective<br />

Bargaining Unit Contributing Leave.”<br />

Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

• URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation): Enter any<br />

salary/wages that were not paid due to a contributing leave of absence, but on<br />

which contributions were paid by the employee. Enter the amount as up to 6-<br />

dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or<br />

any punctuation other than the single decimal point.<br />

If you are paying partial salary to the employee during the leave, enter the<br />

amount you actually pay into the BASE field. In the URCC field, enter the<br />

difference between the amount you are actually paying to the employee and<br />

the full, regular salary the employee would have earned if not on leave.<br />

Contributions must be made on the employee’s full, regular salary. For<br />

details, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />

Example: An employee who normally earns $3,500 per month is earning<br />

$2,000 per month while on sabbatical. Enter 2000.00 in the BASE field and<br />

1500.00 in the URCC field. Calculate contributions based on $3,500 and<br />

enter these into the CONTRIB field.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

97


The URCC field must be higher than zero if any of the following is true:<br />

<br />

<br />

Work Status is “SABTLC – Sabbatical Contributing Leave.”<br />

or…<br />

BASE equals zero AND Work Status is any paid/contributing leave of<br />

absence: “ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing Leave”; “STUDYC -<br />

Professional Study Contributing Leave”; “EXCHGC - Exchange Teacher<br />

Contributing Leave”; “SSLWCC - Special Sick Leave, Worker’s<br />

Compensation (Contributing)”; “SSLSSC - Special Sick Leave, School<br />

Sponsored (Contributing)”; or “UNIONC - Collective Bargaining Unit<br />

Contributing Leave.”<br />

Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

• OT (Overtime): Enter any compensation paid to the employee over and<br />

above the regular salary, for additional hours worked. Do not include any<br />

earnings above the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. Enter the earnings as up to 6-<br />

dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign<br />

or any punctuation other than the single decimal point.<br />

• Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

• SUP (Supplemental): Enter any compensation paid to the employee over<br />

and above the regular salary, for additional duties performed. Only enter<br />

earnings into this field if they are eligible for retirement contributions; if not,<br />

use the WNC (Wages No Contributions), EXSAL (Excess Salary), or NRCC<br />

(Non Retirement Covered Compensation) field. Do not include any earnings<br />

above the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. Enter the earnings as up to 6-dollar<br />

digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any<br />

punctuation other than the single decimal point.<br />

This field may be used to enter earnings from a part-time hourly or per diem<br />

position that is worked in addition to a salaried position. In this case, enter<br />

the supplemental hours worked in the HRS (Hours) field or the supplemental<br />

days worked in the DAYS field. Include contributions on the Supplemental<br />

wages in the CONTRIB (Contributions) field.<br />

This field must be higher than zero if ALL of the following are true:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Work Status is “ACTIVE - Actively Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver<br />

Request”,<br />

BASE equals zero,<br />

and…<br />

WNC (Wages No Contribution) equals zero.<br />

Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />

98<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• HRS (Hours): For employees who are paid hourly, enter the number of<br />

hours worked during the period being reported. Only enter hours that count<br />

as Service Time. Enter the hours using four digits. Leading zeros should be<br />

used.<br />

Example: Enter 0086 for an hourly employee who worked 86 hours during<br />

the month.<br />

Employees on Leave: For an employee who is on a Contributing leave and<br />

who is normally paid hourly when not on leave, enter the number of hours the<br />

employee would have worked if not on leave. For an employee who is on a<br />

non-contributing leave, leave HRS blank or enter: 0000.<br />

Exception: Service time must be added for Activated Military Non-<br />

Contributing Leaves.<br />

This field must be higher than zero if Wage Type is Hourly AND either of the<br />

following is true:<br />

CONTRIB (Contributions) is greater than zero<br />

or…<br />

WNC (Wages No Contribution) is greater than zero AND Work Status is<br />

“ACTIVE – Actively Working.”<br />

Leave this field empty or enter 0000 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

• DAYS: For employees who are paid on a per diem or salaried basis, enter<br />

the number of days worked during the period being reported. Only enter days<br />

that count as Service Time. Enter the days as 3-day digits, a decimal point,<br />

and two partial-day digits.<br />

Example: Enter 019.50 for a per diem employee who worked 19 ½ days<br />

during the month.<br />

Salaried Employees: You must report service time for salaried employees<br />

either monthly or annually. If you prefer to report annually, fill the DAYS field<br />

with zeroes in your monthly Work Reports for every month except June. In<br />

the Work Report for June, enter the employee’s entire service time for the<br />

fiscal (school) year in the DAYS field. This must include all service time<br />

earned by the employee from July 1 to June 30.<br />

Employees on Leave: For an employee who is on a Contributing leave and<br />

who is normally paid on a salaried or per diem basis when not on leave, enter<br />

the number of days the employee would have worked if not on leave. For<br />

salaried employees, this information may be reported annually rather than<br />

monthly, if preferred. Leave DAYS blank or enter 000.00 if an employee is on<br />

a non-contributing leave.<br />

Exception: Service time must be added for Activated Military Non-<br />

Contributing Leaves.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

99


This field must be higher than zero if Wage Type is Per Diem (or Wage Type<br />

is Salaried and this is the Work Report for June) AND either of the following is<br />

true:<br />

CONTRIB (Contributions) is greater than zero<br />

or…<br />

<br />

WNC (Wages No Contribution) is greater than zero AND Work Status is<br />

“ACTIVE – Actively Working.”<br />

Leave this field empty or enter 000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

• WNC (Wages No Contribution): This field is used for wages/salary (either<br />

paid or unpaid) upon which contributions are NOT being made. Only enter<br />

wages/salary in this field if they may be available for Purchase of Service at a<br />

later time. There are two situations where this is the case:<br />

<br />

If a part-time hourly or per diem employee is not contributing yet<br />

(because the employee has worked fewer than 500 hours or 80 days<br />

during this school year), enter the wages/salary paid to the employee<br />

during the period being reported.<br />

or…<br />

<br />

If an employee is on a non-contributing leave of absence that can be<br />

purchased later (“ACTMLN – Activated Military Non-Contributing Leave,”<br />

“SSLSSN – Special Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Non-Contributing),”<br />

”SSLWCN – Special Sick Leave, Worker’s Compensation (Non-<br />

Contributing),“ “STUDYN – Professional Study Non-Contributing Leave,”<br />

or “EXCHGN – Exchange Teacher Non-Contributing Leave”), enter the<br />

wages/salary the employee would have earned if not on leave.<br />

Do NOT enter anything into the WNC (Wages No Contribution) field for<br />

employees on a non-contributing leave that cannot be purchased later<br />

(“LEAVEN – Any Other Leave Not Listed (Non-Contributing)” or “WKCMPN –<br />

Worker’s Compensation Non-Contributing Leave”).<br />

Enter the amount as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />

Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />

point.<br />

Note: This field CANNOT be used for salaried employees. Salaried<br />

employees must have retirement deductions withheld beginning the first day<br />

of service unless employee is part-time salaried and PSERS membership is<br />

waived.<br />

100<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


The WNC field must be higher than zero if any of the following is true:<br />

<br />

Work Status is one of these non-contributing leaves of absence:<br />

“ACTMLN - Activated Military Non-Contributing Leave”; “EXCHGN -<br />

Exchange Teacher Non-Contributing Leave”; “STUDYN - Professional<br />

Study Non-Contributing Leave”; “SSLSSN - Special Sick Leave, School<br />

Sponsored (Non-Contributing)”; or “SSLWCN - Special Sick Leave,<br />

Worker's Compensation (Non-Contributing)”<br />

or…<br />

<br />

Wage Type is Hourly or Per Diem AND BASE equals zero AND SUP<br />

(Supplemental) equals zero AND Work Status is “ACTIVE - Actively<br />

Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver Request.”<br />

Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

If you pay any salary to an employee during a non-contributing leave, see<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />

• POS (Member Purchase of Service Installments): This field is used when<br />

an employee is paying installments to purchase service. The employee must<br />

have received a Statement of Amount Due before initiating any Member POS<br />

Installments. See Purchase of Service in the Employer’s Reference Manual<br />

for Member Benefits.<br />

Enter the amount as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />

Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />

point.<br />

Enter 000000.00 if the employee is not purchasing service.<br />

• CONTRIB (Contributions): Enter the contributions you withheld from the<br />

employee’s paycheck or which the employee paid to you directly for Unpaid<br />

Retirement Covered Compensation. Contributions must be calculated on the<br />

total amount entered into the following fields: BASE, SUP (Supplemental), OT<br />

(Overtime), and URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation). To<br />

determine the contribution rate for an employee, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Determining<br />

Employee Contribution Rates on page 75.<br />

Enter the amount as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />

Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />

point.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

101


The CONTRIB field must be higher than zero if any of the following is true:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

BASE is greater than zero.<br />

or…<br />

SUP (Supplemental) is greater than zero.<br />

or…<br />

OT (Overtime) is greater than zero.<br />

or…<br />

URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation) is greater than<br />

zero.<br />

Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

• EXSAL (Excess Salary): This field is used when an employee earns more<br />

than the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations, described in What Earnings Qualify for<br />

Contributions and Contributions Rates on page 66. Enter the employee’s<br />

wages/salary up to the IRS 401(a)(17) limit in the BASE field and enter any<br />

amount above this limit in the EXSAL field.<br />

Enter the earnings as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />

Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />

point.<br />

Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

• NRCC (Non-Retirement Covered Compensation): Enter any salary/wages<br />

that do not qualify for retirement contributions as described in What Earnings<br />

Qualify for Contributions and Contributions Rates on page 66. Enter the<br />

amount as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not<br />

enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal point.<br />

Example: Non-qualified earnings include payment for unused sick time and<br />

bonus pay that is NOT paid as an incentive for a measurable goal. Enter<br />

these into the NRCC field and do not calculate contributions on this amount.<br />

Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />

102<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Saving Your Changes<br />

After adding, deleting, or editing any Work Report Records, always save your work.<br />

Click “Save” in the Work Report Record Detail window BEFORE you log out or go to<br />

another part of the system.<br />

IMPORTANT: If you log out or go to another part of the system without clicking<br />

“Save” first, you will lose ALL changes you made since the last save. In this case,<br />

any records you added will be lost, any records you deleted will be restored, and any<br />

records you edited will be returned to their previous information.<br />

Submitting the Monthly Work Report to PSERS<br />

For information on how to submit a Monthly Work Report to PSERS see Submitting<br />

Records to PSERS on page 175.<br />

The Work Report must be approved for submission to PSERS by the 20 th of the<br />

month.<br />

Each night, PSERS processes all Work Reports that have been approved for<br />

submission. At that point, the information in the Work Report is applied to your<br />

account with PSERS and to your employees’ accounts with us. After that time, the<br />

Work Report cannot be changed. To correct errors later, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work<br />

Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />

If your Work Report still contains errors when it is submitted to PSERS, the<br />

erroneous Work Report Records will be rejected. You must resubmit the information<br />

in these Work Report Records, in the correct format, in your next monthly Work<br />

Report or in a Work Report Adjustment, as appropriate. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work<br />

Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />

If you submit a Work Report Record that is in the right format, PSERS will accept it.<br />

If you later discover that information in this record was incorrect, you must submit a<br />

Work Report Adjustment to correct it. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on<br />

page 129.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

103


Chapter<br />

7<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Ensuring the<br />

Monthly Work Report Is Complete<br />

and Correct<br />

It is important to ensure your monthly Work Report includes all of the necessary<br />

information. Be sure you include a Work Report Record for all of the following:<br />

• EVERY full-time employee, except for a retiree who is working on an<br />

emergency or extracurricular basis.<br />

• EVERY part-time employee, even if they are not having retirement<br />

contributions withheld, except for: (1) employees who have waived<br />

membership in PSERS, (2) students working as part of their curriculum, and<br />

(3) retirees working under the guidelines of Act 2004-63.<br />

• Every employee who did not work during the period being reported but<br />

remains in your employment (teachers who do not work during the summer,<br />

substitute teachers, etc.).<br />

Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />

• Report every job an employee is paid for. For example, if the employee<br />

works multiple jobs with different Wage Types (hourly, per diem, or salaried).<br />

• Every employee who is on an approved leave of absence.<br />

• Every employee who terminated employment with you or died but who still<br />

has service time or earnings to report.<br />

The rest of this section describes the situations described above in more detail.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

105


<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee Who Works Multiple Positions<br />

for You<br />

If an employee works more than one job for you, it may or may not be necessary to<br />

enter multiple Work Report Records for this employee.<br />

If multiple Work Report Records are required for an employee, submit them in the<br />

same monthly Work Report.<br />

• If the employee works ANY salaried position, you must submit a Work Report<br />

Record with Wage Type set to Salary for this employee.<br />

• If the employee works multiple positions with the same Wage Type (Salary,<br />

Hourly, or Per Diem), these positions MUST be combined in the same Work<br />

Report Record.<br />

Do NOT submit more than one Work Report Record per Wage Type<br />

for an employee. Therefore, the maximum number of Work Report<br />

Records you can include in a monthly Work Report for any employee<br />

is three: one for all salaried positions this employee works for you,<br />

one for all hourly positions, and one for all per diem positions.<br />

You will receive an error if you submit separate Work Report Records<br />

for the same employee and the same Wage Type. In this case, you<br />

will need to delete one Work Report Record and add the second<br />

salary as supplemental pay. Therefore both salaries will be reported<br />

in one entry line.<br />

• You must submit a Work Report Record for each Wage Type that is<br />

described in a Member Contract Record for this employee.<br />

Example: A substitute teacher works part-time per diem in elementary<br />

schools and part-time hourly in middle schools within your district. This<br />

employee also helps part-time with lunch duties at high schools on an hourly<br />

basis. In this case, two Member Contract Records are required, but you may<br />

choose to submit three. Either way, you would report the employee the same<br />

way by submitting the following each month:<br />

A Work Report Record with Wage Type set to Per Diem. If the<br />

employee worked in any elementary schools in your district during<br />

the period being reported, enter the salary, contributions (if any), and<br />

service time in this Work Report Record. If the employee did not<br />

perform any per diem work during the period being reported but<br />

remains “on your books” with a Work Status of “ACTIVE - Actively<br />

Working,” set the Work Status on this Work Report Record to<br />

NOWORK and enter zero for the salary, contributions, and service<br />

time.<br />

Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />

106<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


A single Work Report Record with Wage Type set to Hourly. In this<br />

Work Report Record, include BOTH the employee’s middle school<br />

substitute teaching and high school lunch duties since both are paid<br />

hourly. If the employee did not perform any hourly work during the<br />

period being reported but remains “on your books” with a Work Status of<br />

“ACTIVE - Actively Working,” set the Work Status on this Work Report<br />

Record to NOWORK and enter zero for the salary, contributions, and<br />

service time.<br />

Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />

• If the employee works occasional extra hours or days in addition to a salaried<br />

position, you may report these on the Work Report Record for the salaried<br />

position, as long as you did not create a separate Member Contract Record to<br />

describe these additional duties. In this case, report the extra earnings in the<br />

SUP (Supplemental) field, the extra service time in the HRS (Hours) or DAYS<br />

field, and the extra contributions in the CONTRIB (Contributions) field.<br />

• If the employee is on leave, submit a single Work Report Record for the<br />

Wage Type the employee was working regularly (and for which a Member<br />

Contract Record existed) before starting the leave. In this Work Report<br />

Record, include information on all positions the employee would have been<br />

working if not on leave.<br />

Example: An employee works as both a part-time salaried teacher and a<br />

part-time hourly coach. Because these are two separate part-time positions<br />

with different Wage Types, you create a Member Contract Record for each.<br />

Midway through the year, the employee goes on activated military leave and<br />

chooses to make retirement contributions while on leave. Do the following in<br />

response:<br />

<br />

<br />

Submit a single Member Contract Record with Work Status set to<br />

“ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing Leave,” Work Status Start<br />

Date set to the date the leave began, and Wage Type set to “Salary.”<br />

Each month while the leave lasts, submit a Work Report Record with<br />

Work Status set to “ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing Leave” and<br />

Wage Type set to “Salary.” Include the salary the employee would have<br />

earned as BOTH a part-time salaried teacher and a part-time hourly<br />

coach in the URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation) field.<br />

Include the service time the employee would have earned if not on leave<br />

as follows: in the DAYS field, include the service from the teaching<br />

position; in the HRS (Hours) field, include the service from the coaching<br />

position. Include contributions from both positions in the CONTRIB<br />

(Contributions) field.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

107


<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee Who Did Not Work<br />

It is not uncommon for an employee to go on a short or long-term leave. See<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113 if the employee is being paid during the<br />

leave, or is making retirement contributions, or is eligible to purchase service time<br />

from the leave at a later date. In these cases, you must report the leave to PSERS.<br />

In some situations, you will have an employee who does not work or gets paid during<br />

a period you are reporting but who remains “on your books” as an active employee.<br />

These situations include:<br />

• A substitute teacher who did not work during the reporting period.<br />

• A teacher who is not paid during the summer but will be returning to work in<br />

the fall.<br />

• A coach who only receives pay during part of the year.<br />

In these situations, the employee is not on leave but does not have any earnings or<br />

contributions to report. You can handle these situations in any of three ways:<br />

• By end-dating the employee’s Member Contract Record when the employee<br />

stops work and then creating a new Member Contract Record when the<br />

employee returns to work. In this case, do not include the employee in your<br />

monthly Work Reports until the employee returns to work. This method is<br />

most often used for seasonal coaches who only work for a few months per<br />

school year.<br />

• By not reporting the employee during the months of no work. Your payroll/HR<br />

software system should leave these employees off that monthly Work Report.<br />

• By reporting a Work Status of “NOWORK” for this employee in the monthly<br />

Work Report whenever the employee doesn’t work that month. In this case,<br />

keep the employee’s Member Contract Record in place with a Work Status of<br />

“ACTIVE - Actively Working” but use the Work Status of “NOWORK” in the<br />

Work Report Records. This method allows PSERS to track your employees’<br />

work history better, reducing questions that might otherwise arise from the<br />

gaps in employment. When Work Status is set to NOWORK on a Work<br />

Report Record, all of the salary, contributions, and service time fields must be<br />

set to zero.<br />

Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />

108<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


When an Employee’s Work Status Changes<br />

If an employee goes on leave, ends one or more positions with you, terminates all<br />

work for you, begins a new position with you, or dies, you must modify the<br />

employee’s Member Contract Record(s) to indicate this change in status. See<br />

Member Contract Records – Changing Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />

You must also report the employee’s work appropriately:<br />

• If an employee goes on any form of leave, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of<br />

Absence on page 113.<br />

Note: Jury duty is considered to be active employment rather than a leave.<br />

Report employees on jury duty as if they were working with a Work Status of<br />

“ACTIVE – Actively Working.” See Notes about Leaves on page 115 if you<br />

have a policy of paying employees on jury duty the difference between their<br />

regular, full salary and the amount they are paid for jury duty.<br />

• If an employee terminates all employment with you, submit a Member<br />

Contract Record with the following settings:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Work Status: “TRMNTN – Termination”.<br />

Work Status Start Date: set to the employee’s last day of work.<br />

BOC Flag: “Yes” if the employee is to receive salary/wages after the last<br />

month of work; “No” if the employee is to receive all salary/wages within<br />

the last month of work.<br />

Outstanding Service Credit Flag: “Yes” if the employee needs to have<br />

service reported to PSERS after the last month of work; “No” if all service<br />

will be reported to PSERS by or in the last month of work.<br />

BOC / SVC End Date – MM/YYYY: enter the month and year in which<br />

the employee will receive the last pay and/or service. For example, if the<br />

employee’s last day of work was December 3, 2006 but you will pay the<br />

remainder of the contract through January 10, 2007, you would enter<br />

01/2007.<br />

Submit this employee’s remaining monthly Work Report Record(s) with<br />

Work Status set to “TRMNTN – Termination” and the employee’s<br />

earnings and contributions in the appropriate fields.<br />

You must submit all previously unreported service time for this employee<br />

in the employee’s last monthly Work Report Record (in this example, that<br />

would be the Work Report for January, 2007). If you normally report<br />

service time for all salaried employees annually, you cannot wait and<br />

report this employee at that time. Instead, you must determine the<br />

employee’s full service time and include it in the employee’s last Work<br />

Report Record even if that is earlier. Do not report the employee’s<br />

service time again at the end of the fiscal year.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

109


• If an employee ends one job with you but continues working for you in<br />

another position, end date the Member Contract Record for the position the<br />

employee is leaving. Set the Work Status End Date to the last day the<br />

employee will work in this position. Submit the employee’s Work Report<br />

Records for that month as follows:<br />

<br />

Report salary for both positions if paid in that month. If they are different<br />

wage types, submit one entry for each wage type.<br />

• If an employee dies, submit a Member Contract Record with the following<br />

settings:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Work Status: “DECESD – Deceased”.<br />

Work Status Start Date: set to the date of death.<br />

BOC Flag: “Yes” if the employee is to receive salary/wages after the last<br />

month of work; “No” if the employee is to receive all salary/wages within<br />

the last month of work.<br />

Outstanding Service Credit Flag: “Yes” if the employee needs to have<br />

service reported to PSERS after the last month of work; “No” if all service<br />

will be reported to PSERS by or in the last month of work.<br />

BOC / SVC End Date – MM/YYYY: enter the month and year in which<br />

the employee will receive the last pay and/or service. For example, if the<br />

employee’s last day of work was December 3, 2006 but you will pay the<br />

remainder of the contract through January 10, 2007, you would enter<br />

01/2007.<br />

Submit this employee’s remaining monthly Work Report Record(s) with<br />

Work Status set to “DECESD – Deceased” and the employee’s earnings<br />

and contributions in the appropriate fields.<br />

All previously unreported service time for this employee must be<br />

submitted in the employee’s last monthly Work Report Record (in this<br />

example, that would be the Work Report for January, 2007). If you<br />

normally report service time for all salaried employees annually, you<br />

cannot wait and report this employee at that time. Instead, you must<br />

determine the employee’s full service time and include it in the<br />

employee’s last Work Report Record even if that is earlier. Do not report<br />

the employee’s service time again at the end of the fiscal year.<br />

110<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


If an Employee is Left off a Monthly Work Report<br />

To correct errors that were submitted in a monthly Work Report, you must submit a<br />

Work Report Adjustment. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />

If, however, an employee was left off a monthly Work Report altogether, the Work<br />

Report Adjustment is not needed. Instead, you may submit the employee’s earnings,<br />

contributions, and service time in the next monthly Work Report. In this case, you<br />

must include BOTH the current and the missed information in the same Work Report<br />

Record.<br />

Note: If you prefer, you may submit a Work Report Adjustment to report the missed<br />

information.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

111


Chapter<br />

8<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence<br />

When an employee goes on leave, submit a Member Contract Record that indicates<br />

the type of leave and the date the leave began. See Member Contract Records –<br />

Changing Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />

After you submit a Member Contract Record, you must continue to report employees<br />

on leave EVERY MONTH if:<br />

• The employee is making retirement contributions.<br />

and/or…<br />

• The employee is eligible to purchase service time from the leave at a later<br />

date.<br />

Note: You do not need to report employees who are on a non-purchasable,<br />

non-contributing leave.<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee on Leave<br />

In each Work Report Record you submit for the employee, the Work Status must<br />

match the type of leave specified in the Member Contract Record that you created to<br />

initiate the leave.<br />

Contributing Leaves<br />

On a contributing leave, the employee makes retirement contributions and earns<br />

service time during the leave. While on the leave, the employee may:<br />

• Receive partial or full salary.<br />

• Receive salary from Worker’s Compensation.<br />

• Receive no salary but still qualifies to make retirement contributions.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

113


When an employee is on a contributing leave, you must report the following<br />

information in your monthly Work Reports EVERY MONTH while the leave lasts. On<br />

the Work Report Record, enter each set of information in the field indicated:<br />

• Set the Work Status to match the type of leave entered into the Member<br />

Contract Record.<br />

• Enter any amount you actually pay to the employee in the Base field.<br />

• Enter the difference between the amount you actually pay to the employee<br />

and the regular, full salary that you would have paid had the employee not<br />

been on leave in the Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation (URCC)<br />

field.<br />

• Enter the service time the employee would have earned if not on leave in the<br />

Hours field if the employee’s Wage Type is Hourly, or in the Days field if the<br />

employee’s Wage Type is Per Diem or Salary. (If the employee is salaried,<br />

you may choose to wait and report the service time annually in the Work<br />

Report for the month of June, which is due by July 10 th .)<br />

• Enter the employee’s appropriate retirement contributions in the CONTRIB<br />

(Contributions) field. You must calculate the contributions on the employee’s<br />

regular, full salary (Base and URCC).<br />

Non-Contributing Leaves that Can Be Purchased Later<br />

With the exception of employees on Activated Military Leave, an employee on a noncontributing<br />

leave does NOT make retirement contributions and does NOT earn<br />

service time during the leave. Most of the time, the employee does NOT receive any<br />

salary while on a non-contributing leave, but in some cases the employee may<br />

receive some salary from you (less than half of regular, full salary) or from Workers’<br />

Compensation.<br />

In some types of non-contributing leaves, the employee is able to purchase the<br />

service time from the leave at a later date based on Purchase of Service eligibility<br />

rules. These leaves include:<br />

• ACTMLN - Activated Military Non-Contributing Leave<br />

• SSLSSN - Special Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Non-Contributing)<br />

• SSLWCN - Special Sick Leave, Workers’ Compensation (Non-Contributing)<br />

• STUDYN - Professional Study Non-Contributing Leave<br />

• EXCHGN - Exchange Teacher Non-Contributing Leave<br />

114<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


When an employee is on one of the above non-contributing leaves, you must report<br />

the following information in your monthly Work Reports EVERY MONTH while the<br />

leave lasts. On the Work Report Record, enter each set of information in the field<br />

indicated:<br />

• Set the Work Status to match the Member Contract Record.<br />

• If you paid the employee qualified earnings (such as sick days), see<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – What Earnings Qualify for Contributions and Contribution Rates<br />

on page 66. You must report this salary. Enter the salary in the Base field,<br />

the contributions in the CONTRIB (Contributions) field, and any<br />

corresponding service time in the Days or Hours field.<br />

• If you did not pay any amount to the employee (the Base field is zero), but the<br />

employee is eligible to purchase service time from the leave at a later date,<br />

enter the regular, full salary that you would have paid had the employee not<br />

been on leave, in the Wages No Contribution field. The employee does not<br />

make contributions on this amount and does not receive service time for it.<br />

Fill the Days and Hours fields with the days and hours the employee would<br />

have earned. If the employee wishes to purchase the service time later,<br />

PSERS will determine the amount that can be purchased.<br />

Non-Contributing Leaves that CANNOT Be Purchased Later<br />

An employee will be unable to purchase the service time from Non-Contributing<br />

Leaves at a later date if:<br />

• The leave is NOT made eligible for purchase by PSERS’ rules<br />

• You (the employer) have not approved the leave as a purchasable or<br />

contributable leave.<br />

To indicate the leave as non-purchasable or non-contributable, submit a Member<br />

Contract Record for the employee using one of the following two Work Statuses:<br />

<br />

<br />

WKCMPN – Workers’ Compensation Leave (Non-Contributing)<br />

LEAVEN - Any Other Leave Not Listed (Non-Contributing)<br />

When an employee is on one of the above leaves, do not include this employee in<br />

your monthly Work Reports until they return to work (unless you pay qualifying wages<br />

to the employee at some point, as described in Notes about Leaves.)<br />

Notes about Leaves<br />

• Jury duty: Due to its variable length and the nature of the service, jury duty<br />

is considered to be active employment rather than a leave of absence. While<br />

an employee is on jury duty, continue to include the employee in monthly<br />

Work Reports with a Work Status of “ACTIVE – Actively Working.” Also,<br />

continue to pay contributions for this employee.<br />

If you have a policy of paying employees on jury duty the difference between<br />

their full, regular salary and the payment they receive for the jury duty, submit<br />

Work Report Records for this employee as follows:<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

115


Set the Work Status field to ACTIVE.<br />

Enter the amount you pay the employee in the Base field.<br />

Enter the difference between the amount you pay the employee and<br />

the regular, full salary that would have been paid had the employee<br />

not been on leave, in the Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation<br />

field.<br />

Enter the service time the employee would have earned if not on<br />

leave, in the Hours field if the employee’s Wage Type is Hourly, or in<br />

the Days field if the employee’s Wage Type is Per Diem or Salaried.<br />

(If the employee is salaried, you may choose to wait and report the<br />

service time annually, in the Work Report for the month of June,<br />

which is due by July 10 th .)<br />

Enter the employee’s retirement contributions in the Contributions<br />

field. You must calculate the contributions on the employee’s<br />

regular, full salary.<br />

• Earned Leave Paid While on a Non-Contributing Leave: You must report<br />

any payment for earned Annual, Personal, Sick Leave, or Leave from an<br />

employer Sick Leave Bank that is paid to an employee who is on a noncontributing<br />

leave and is NOT receiving Worker’s Compensation. PSERS<br />

considers this payment for “used” leave, which qualifies as retirementcovered<br />

compensation. Report this salary and the corresponding<br />

contributions in your monthly Work Reports as follows:<br />

<br />

Report the amount paid in the Base field and record the<br />

contributions on this amount in the Contributions field.<br />

Exception: If the employee is receiving Worker’s Compensation during<br />

the leave, do NOT report the amount of the accumulated sick leave, annual<br />

leave, and/or personal leave.<br />

• Activated Military Leaves When the Employee Chooses NOT to<br />

Contribute: An employee who is on activated military leave may decide to<br />

discontinue making retirement contributions to PSERS during the leave while<br />

continuing to earn service time. Because of the unique nature of military<br />

leaves, you must continue to contribute the employer’s share of retirement<br />

contributions whether or not the employee chooses to contribute.<br />

During each month of the leave, submit a Work Report Record for this<br />

employee as follows:<br />

116<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Set the Work Status field to “ACTMLN - Activated Military Non-<br />

Contributing Leave.”<br />

Enter the regular, full salary that you would have paid had the<br />

employee not been on leave in the Wages No Contribution field.<br />

The employee:<br />

1. Does not make contributions on this amount.<br />

2. Does receive service time for it.<br />

3. May purchase this time later.<br />

Fill the Days and/or Hours fields with the service the employee would<br />

have rendered. If the employee wishes to purchase the service time<br />

later, PSERS will determine the amount that can be purchased.<br />

You CANNOT receive a credit for Employer Contributions you paid for an<br />

employee on an activated military leave (whether contributing or noncontributing),<br />

even if the employee:<br />

‣ Does not return from the leave.<br />

‣ Upon returning, does not remain in your employ for a period of<br />

time at least equal to the length of the leave<br />

‣ Does not choose to purchase the service time from the leave.<br />

Exception: If the employee voluntarily extends their military duty beyond the<br />

time of the original military obligation, you may receive a credit for any<br />

Employer Contributions you paid during the voluntary extension. In this case,<br />

contact PSERS as described in Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />

When the employee returns to school employment, the employee must<br />

provide a copy of the discharge documentation for you to keep. A copy of<br />

this documentation is also submitted to PSERS.<br />

When the Employee Returns from Leave<br />

When an employee returns from leave, submit a new Member Contract Record for<br />

each position the employee resumes. If the employee returns in the middle of a<br />

month, the Work Report Record(s) for that month should include BOTH the<br />

information (wages, contributions, and service time) from the leave and the<br />

information from the work. Future Work Reports should include only records for the<br />

work that has been resumed. See Member Contract Records – Changing<br />

Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />

Refer to the next section, If the Employee Does NOT Return from a Paid Leave, if,<br />

after returning from the leave, the employee does not remain in your employ for a<br />

period of time at least equal to the length of the leave.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

117


If the Employee Does NOT Return from Paid Leave<br />

You have the option of terminating an employee’s position(s) with you if one of the<br />

following is true:<br />

• the employee did NOT return from leave<br />

or…<br />

• the employee returned from a leave but did not remain in your employ for a<br />

period of time at least equal to the length of the leave<br />

or…<br />

• the employee voluntarily extended the leave without your approval.<br />

If one of these is true and you decide to terminate the employee’s position(s), you<br />

must:<br />

• Submit a Member Contract Record with the Work Status set to “TRMNTN –<br />

Termination” and the Work Status Start Date set to the date of termination. Set<br />

the BOC Flag, Outstanding Service Credit Flag, and BOC/Svc End Date fields<br />

to indicate any remaining payments or service to be reported. See Member<br />

Contract Records – Changing Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />

• Continue to submit monthly Work Report Records describing this employee’s<br />

leave until the month you specified as the month of termination or the month<br />

you specified in the BOC/Svc End Date field, whichever is later. In these<br />

Work Report Records, Work Status should be “TRMNTN - Termination.”<br />

After the specified month’s Work Report has been submitted, future Work<br />

Reports should not include any records for this employee.<br />

When an employee who was on a paid leave is terminated from your employment,<br />

you may request a credit for the Employer Contributions you paid during the leave.<br />

You will also receive credit for the employee’s Member Contributions, if any. You are<br />

responsible for refunding these contributions to the employee. The credit will be<br />

issued after the final Work Report of the fiscal (school) year is submitted to PSERS.<br />

To request a credit, see Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported on<br />

page 199.<br />

If you do not terminate the employee manually, and the employee does not return<br />

from leave, PSERS will end-date the employee’s Member Contract Record(s)<br />

automatically at the end of the time period appropriate for that type of leave. This is<br />

essentially identical to submitting a termination Member Contract Record. After this<br />

occurs, you may request a credit for the salary you reported during the leave, as<br />

described in Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported on page 199.<br />

118<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

9<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Service Time<br />

You must report your employees’ service time to PSERS. Service time includes all of<br />

the following:<br />

• All time spent working for you while the employee is making retirement<br />

contributions.<br />

and…<br />

• All time spent working for you at a part-time hourly or per diem job where the<br />

employee is NOT making retirement contributions, has NOT waived<br />

membership in PSERS, and WILL be eligible to join PSERS upon reaching<br />

500 hours or 80 days of employment.<br />

and…<br />

• Time on an approved leave of absence during which the employee is making<br />

retirement contributions. In this case, the service time is the amount that<br />

would have been earned had the employee been working their regular job(s)<br />

rather than being on leave.<br />

Note: PSERS considers full-time service as 5 hours or more a day for 5 days a<br />

week or its equivalent of 25 or more hours a week.<br />

The Pennsylvania Retirement Code has given PSERS the authority to withhold the<br />

Basic Education Subsidy from any employer that is delinquent in submitting service<br />

time.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

119


How to Report Service Time<br />

You must report service time in your monthly Work Reports, as follows:<br />

• For hourly employees who are working or are actively making contributions<br />

while on leave, service time must be reported as it is earned. Report time<br />

even if the employee has not yet qualified for membership. In the Work<br />

Report Record for the month the service was earned, enter the service time in<br />

the HRS (Hours) field.<br />

• For per diem employees who are actively working or are making contributions<br />

while on leave, service time must be reported as it is earned. Report time<br />

even if the employee has not yet qualified for membership. In the Work<br />

Report Record for the month the service was earned, enter the service time in<br />

the DAYS field.<br />

• For salaried employees who are actively working or are making contributions<br />

while on leave, service time can be reported EITHER monthly or annually:<br />

<br />

To report monthly, report service time as it is earned. In the Work<br />

Report Record for the month the service was earned, enter the<br />

service time in the DAYS field.<br />

or…<br />

To report annually, report all service time for the fiscal year (July 1 –<br />

June 30) in the June Work Report Record. Enter the service time in<br />

the DAYS field. You must transmit this Work Report Record to<br />

PSERS by July 10 th , correct all errors, and submit the finalized report<br />

by July 20 th .<br />

How to Calculate Service Time<br />

Hourly Employees<br />

For hourly employees, service time does not need to be calculated manually.<br />

• In your monthly Work Reports, report all time that is actually worked as it is<br />

paid. Typically, this time is determined from time cards and is what you<br />

enter into your payroll system.<br />

• If an employee goes on a contributing leave, report their usual number of<br />

hours in your monthly Work Reports during the leave.<br />

• Hours must be reported as whole hours. The hours should be rounded to<br />

the nearest whole hour.<br />

Example: If an employee works 110.49 hours in a reporting period, enter<br />

0110 hours in the HRS (Hours) field of the Work Report Record. If the<br />

employee works 110.50 hours, enter 0111 hours in the Work Report<br />

Record.<br />

• Hours worked on extra-curricular activities or overtime MUST be reported.<br />

Service for overtime is NOT calculated at time and a half. One hour should<br />

be reported for each hour worked.<br />

120<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Per Diem Employees<br />

For per diem employees, service time does not need to be calculated manually.<br />

• In your monthly Work Reports, report all time that is actually worked as it is<br />

paid. Typically, this time is determined from time cards and is what you enter<br />

into your payroll system.<br />

• If an employee goes on a contributing leave, report their usual number of<br />

days in your monthly Work Reports during the leave.<br />

• Report service time for per diem employees in days or a portion of a 5-hour day.<br />

Days may be broken down to two decimal places. Do not use fractions (i.e., ½,<br />

¾, etc.).<br />

Example: If an employee works 19 days of 5 hours per day plus one day of<br />

2 ½ hours, enter 019.50 in the DAYS field of the Work Report Record.<br />

• Hours worked on extra-curricular activities or overtime MUST be reported. If<br />

the extra work is paid hourly, report the number of hours in the HRS (Hours)<br />

field. If the extra work is paid on a per diem basis, report the number of days or<br />

partial days in the DAYS field (add this time to the regular per diem work).<br />

Service for overtime is NOT calculated at time and a half. One hour should be<br />

reported for each hour worked.<br />

Example: An employee has two Member Contract Records: one for a per diem<br />

position and one for an hourly position. If the employee works 5 hours in a day<br />

for the per diem position and then works another 2 hours in the same day for the<br />

hourly position, report 1 day in the Per Diem Work Report Record and report 2<br />

hours in the Hourly Work Report Record. PSERS will ensure that the employee<br />

does not receive more than a year’s worth of service time in a fiscal year.<br />

Full-Time Salaried Employees<br />

For full-time salaried employees, service time is calculated as follows:<br />

• Typically, the number of days a salaried employee is hired to work is specified in<br />

their contract with you. In this case, report this number of days either monthly or<br />

annually, in the DAYS field of the employee’s monthly Work Report Record(s).<br />

• If the number of days is not specified in your contract with the employee, you<br />

must determine the number of days actually worked by the employee.<br />

• Report service time for salaried employees in days or a portion of a 5-hour day.<br />

Days may be broken down to two decimal places. Do not use fractions (i.e.,<br />

½, ¾, etc.).<br />

Example: If an employee regularly works 19 days of 5-8 hours per day plus<br />

one day of 2 ½ hours (half of a 5-hour day), enter 019.50 in the DAYS field of<br />

the Work Report Record.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

121


• Hours worked on extra-curricular activities or overtime MUST be reported. If<br />

the extra work is paid hourly, report the number of hours in the HRS (Hours)<br />

field. If the extra work is paid on a per diem basis, report the number of days<br />

or partial days in the DAYS field (add this time to the service time reported for<br />

the salaried work, if that is also reported in the Work Report Record). Service for<br />

overtime is NOT calculated at time and a half. One hour should be reported<br />

for each hour worked.<br />

Part-Time Salaried Employees<br />

For part-time salaried employees, service time is calculated as follows:<br />

• Report service time for salaried employees in days or a portion of a 5-hour<br />

day. Days may be broken down to two decimal places. Do not use<br />

fractions (i.e., ½, ¾, etc.).<br />

Example: The service for an employee who regularly works 19 three-hour<br />

days per month should be entered as 011.40 days.<br />

Hours worked divided by 5 = % (3/5= 60%) x days worked (19 x 60% = 11.4)<br />

• Hours worked on extra-curricular activities or overtime MUST be reported.<br />

If the extra work is paid hourly, report the number of hours in the HRS<br />

(Hours) field. If the extra work is paid on a per diem basis, report the<br />

number of days or partial days in the DAYS field (add this time to the<br />

service time reported for the salaried work, if that is also reported in the<br />

Work Report Record). Service for overtime is NOT calculated at time and<br />

a half. One hour should be reported for each hour worked.<br />

• If a part-time salaried employee is required to attend an all day in-service day,<br />

they are to receive a full day’s credit.<br />

• Typically, the number of days and the number of hours per day that a salaried<br />

employee is hired to work is specified in their contract with you. In this case,<br />

report this number of days or partial days either monthly or annually, in the<br />

DAYS field of the employee’s monthly Work Report Record(s).<br />

• If your contract with the employee does not specify the number of days the<br />

employee will work in the school year, you must determine the number of<br />

days or partial days actually worked by the employee.<br />

Example #1: The service for a part-time salaried employee who works 6<br />

hours per day, 4 days a week during a 36-week school year should be the<br />

actual days worked: 144 days (4 days a week X 36 weeks = 144 days).<br />

Example #2: The service for a part-time salaried employee who works 4<br />

hours per day, 5 days per week for a total of 185 days in a school year<br />

should be reported as 148 days (4/5 of a day X 185 days = 148 days).<br />

122<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• Part-Time Salaried Adjunct Professors- Adjunct professors are generally to<br />

be considered part-time salaried employees unless specially documented<br />

otherwise (e.g. hourly or per diem) in an employment contract. As parttime<br />

salaried school employees, they must have retirement contributions<br />

deducted and reported from the first day of employment, unless they are<br />

eligible to waive PSERS membership OR they are enrolled in an alternative<br />

acceptable retirement plan offered by the college or university (e.g. TIAA-<br />

CREF).<br />

Calculate and report service for these positions using the following<br />

formula:<br />

Consider 30 credit hours per year as the standard for a fulltime<br />

position.<br />

Determine the number of credit hours taught by the parttime<br />

adjunct.<br />

Divide the credit hours worked for the part-time position by<br />

the full-time credit hours standard (30) to obtain a<br />

percentage of full-time work.<br />

Multiply the percentage of full-time work by 180 days to<br />

determine the equivalent number of days to be reported as<br />

service credit for the part-time employment.<br />

Example: Adjunct professor is contracted to teach 12 credit hours<br />

for the school year.<br />

12 divided by 30 = .40 or 40%<br />

<br />

.40 X 180 days = 72 days to be reported<br />

• Part-Time Salaried Coaches - For each part-time salaried coaching position,<br />

you may calculate service time in either of two ways:<br />

Method #1: You may use the following formula to calculate the coach’s<br />

service time:<br />

Number of Hours Worked Per Week<br />

÷ 25<br />

X Weeks per Season<br />

X Days Worked per Week___<br />

= Number of Days to Report<br />

Example: A football coach conducts practice and attends games 10<br />

weeks during the fall season. The coach renders 20 hours per week during<br />

the season, at 6 days each week. The calculation and number of days to<br />

report would be: 20 hours ÷ 25 X 10 X 6 = 48 days.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

123


Method #2: You can establish an anticipated work schedule to determine<br />

the hours and days the coach will work. Within the schedule, it is assumed<br />

that the coach will fulfill the contract.<br />

Example: On Monday, Wednesday, Thursday and some Saturdays, a coach<br />

is expected to work 2 hours per day. Tuesday and Friday, the coach is<br />

expected to work 4 hours per day and on some Saturdays; the coach is<br />

expected to work 8 hours. The coach’s service time is determined as shown<br />

in the following table:<br />

Example Service Calculation for Part-Time Salaried Coach<br />

Week Mon Tues Wed Thu Fri Sat TOTAL<br />

1 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />

2 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />

3 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />

4 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />

5 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />

6 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />

7 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />

8 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />

9 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />

10 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />

11 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />

12 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />

13 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />

14 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />

GRAND TOTAL -<br />

47.80 days (.27 of a year of service)<br />

124<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Employees Working Multiple Positions<br />

Some employees work multiple positions either for you or for multiple school<br />

employers. In this case, service time is calculated as follows:<br />

• If an employee works both an hourly and a salaried or per diem position,<br />

report service time for each position separately in the appropriate HRS<br />

(Hours) or DAYS field. PSERS will combine the service time for this<br />

employee and will ensure that the employee does not receive more than a<br />

year of service credit in a school (fiscal) year.<br />

• If an employee works multiple positions that are paid the same way (hourly,<br />

per diem, or salaried), combine these in the same Work Report Record.<br />

Example: If an employee has two positions that are both hourly, report the<br />

service from both positions in one report entry<br />

• Employees will receive a maximum of one year’s worth of service per fiscal<br />

year, even if additional hours are worked beyond a full-time position.<br />

Employees on a Non-Contributing Leave<br />

No service time should be reported during a non-contributing leave of absence. If<br />

the employee wishes to purchase service time from this leave later, PSERS will<br />

determine the amount that can be purchased.<br />

Exception: If an employee who is on a non-contributing leave is paid for earned<br />

sick leave or is compensated from a school-sponsored sick bank, report the total<br />

days or hours paid as service time IF the employee is NOT receiving Workers’<br />

Compensation. If the employee IS receiving Workers’ Compensation, this type of<br />

pay is not eligible for retirement contributions and must not be reported.<br />

Exception: Activated Military must have service reported.<br />

Employee Terminates Service During the Year<br />

When an employee terminates one or more positions with you during the school<br />

year, report the employee’s total service time in the last Work Report Record you<br />

submit for the position(s). Usually, this will be the Work Report Record for the last<br />

month the employee works, but it may be later if the employee has a balance of<br />

contract remaining. See Member Contract Records – Changing Information for an<br />

Employee on page 58 and When An Employee’s Work Status Changes on page 109.<br />

Hourly and Per Diem<br />

For hourly and per diem positions, the service time has been reported regularly<br />

anyway, and you must simply report any balance in the last Work Report Record you<br />

submit for this position.<br />

Salaried<br />

• For salaried positions, if you have been reporting service time monthly, report<br />

any balance in the last Work Report Record you submit for this position.<br />

• If you have NOT been reporting service time monthly and would normally<br />

have reported the annual service time in the June Work Report Record, you<br />

must determine the total service time in this position and include it in the last<br />

Work Report Record for this position, whenever that is submitted. In this<br />

case, do not report the service time again in your June Work Report.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

125


Member Contract Record<br />

If the employee has terminated all positions with you, submit a Member Contract<br />

Record to indicate this. Set the BOC Flag and/or the Outstanding Service Credit Flag<br />

to “Yes” if you have salary and/or service to report after the last month of work. In<br />

this case, set the BOC/SVC End Date to the last month in which this salary and/or<br />

service will be reported to PSERS.<br />

Example: An employee terminates all work with you effective March 15. The<br />

employee’s contract with you does not provide for continued payment after<br />

resignation, so March 15, the last day of work, is the last day for which this employee<br />

will be paid. You have not been reporting this employee’s service time in monthly<br />

Work Reports because you report your salaried employees’ service time annually.<br />

You can do either of the following:<br />

<br />

<br />

Submit the Termination Member Contract Record with the BOC Flag<br />

and Outstanding Service Credit Flag both set to “No.” Submit the<br />

employee’s final Work Report Record in the March Work Report, due by<br />

April 10 th , with all of the employee’s service time from the school year<br />

included. Do not include this employee in any monthly Work Reports<br />

after this.<br />

or…<br />

Submit the Termination Member Contract Record with the BOC Flag<br />

set to “No,” the Outstanding Service Credit Flag set to “Yes,” and the<br />

BOC/Svc End Date field set to June. By April 10 th , submit the<br />

employee’s March Work Report Record with the employee’s final<br />

earnings. Continue to include the employee, with a Work Status of<br />

TRMNTN – Termination” and with no earnings or service time in each<br />

monthly Work Report through the remainder of the school year. In your<br />

June Work Report, include a record showing the employee’s total<br />

service time from the school year.<br />

General Rules<br />

• To ensure that service time is recorded accurately, it is extremely important<br />

to select Full Time or Part Time correctly on each employee’s Member<br />

Contract Record(s).<br />

If an employee works a minimum of 5 hours per day, 5 days a week, or its<br />

equivalent (25 hours per week), that job is considered to be full-time for<br />

retirement purposes, regardless of how you or the employee view the<br />

employment for other purposes.<br />

• The full service that would have been earned during regular employment<br />

should be reported for an employee on a contributing leave.<br />

• An employee on strike is not eligible for service credit during the strike<br />

unless the days or hours lost during the strike period are worked and<br />

compensation is paid. This lost time must be made up no later than June<br />

30 of the school year involved.<br />

• Summer school service may be reported for an employee. If the employee<br />

is retiring, the effective date of retirement must be after the last day of<br />

summer employment.<br />

126<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Verifying Your Reported Service Time is Correct<br />

PSERS will send you a Member Summary Report in the fall after your August work<br />

report has been processed. This report will indicate the employee’s:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Social Security Number<br />

Name<br />

Hours and/or days of service time you reported<br />

Salary<br />

Contributions and any Wages No Contributions “WNC”<br />

You should review this report before the end of the calendar year to ensure that<br />

the credited service figure for each employee is correct.<br />

How to Correct Reported Service Errors<br />

Upon occasion, you will need to correct service time that was previously reported for<br />

an employee. To do this, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

127


Chapter<br />

10<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report<br />

Adjustments<br />

Use Work Report Adjustments when an error is made or a correction is needed to an<br />

employee’s salary, contributions, service time, or Member Purchase of Service<br />

Installments. Submit the Work Report Adjustment Record as soon as you become<br />

aware of the incorrect information.<br />

Work Report Adjustments are very similar to Work Reports, but you must report the<br />

difference between what you reported erroneously and what you should have<br />

reported.<br />

Example: You submitted a Work Report Record for January that listed an employee’s<br />

salary as $1,000, but the employee really earned $1,700. Correct this by submitting a<br />

Work Report Adjustment Record with the BASE field set to $700, so the net amount in the<br />

employee’s account will be $1,700. Always include the corresponding member<br />

contributions for the salary. Adjustments reflect amounts reported for a school year and<br />

not for a specific month.<br />

In the future, PSERS will send employees a letter notifying them that the employer<br />

has submitted a Work Report Adjustment.<br />

When to Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record<br />

Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record if any of the following occurs:<br />

• A retroactive lump sum adjustment needs to be made for an employee.<br />

• An error was made in a previous report to PSERS, and this error cannot be<br />

corrected through your payroll system.<br />

• An error was made in reporting an employee’s information in a previous fiscal<br />

year.<br />

• An employee’s Member Purchase of Service Installments were reported<br />

incorrectly in a previous report.<br />

• An employee’s service time was reported incorrectly in a previous report.<br />

• An arbitration is settled or court award.<br />

• A Work Report record that erred because there wasn’t a valid Contract<br />

Record.<br />

• A Work Report that erred at the time of approval.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

129


What Information is in a Work Report Adjustment<br />

Record<br />

A Work Report Adjustment Record contains the following information:<br />

• The reason the adjustment is needed.<br />

• Whether the wages in this Work Report Adjustment Record were paid during<br />

the fiscal year in which they were earned or are being paid in the current<br />

fiscal year for a previous year.<br />

• Whether or not contributions were withheld from the employee’s wages at the<br />

time the wages were paid.<br />

• The employee’s social security number and birth date. (Applies only to file upload.)<br />

• The fiscal year for the earnings and/or contributions being reported.<br />

• Wage type (hourly, per diem, or salaried).<br />

• Work status (“ACTIVE - Actively Working,” on some form of leave, “ACTIVW -<br />

Waiver Request,” etc.) must match the work status as reported on the<br />

Contract Record for the time period or the fiscal year in which the<br />

adjustment is being made unless the adjustment is for uncredited school<br />

service, where the current work status (ACTIVE) should be used.<br />

• The difference between what was originally reported as the employee’s<br />

earnings (in each of the earnings fields) and what should have been reported,<br />

either positive or negative.<br />

• The actual employee’s retirement contributions on the salary reported in the<br />

adjustment. This sum can be negative or positive.<br />

• The difference between what was originally reported as the employee’s<br />

service time and what should have been reported, either positive or negative.<br />

• The difference between what was originally reported as the employee’s<br />

Member Purchase of Service Installments and what should have been<br />

reported, either positive or negative.<br />

Interest for Late Contributions<br />

PSERS will charge you interest for the time between the original due date and when<br />

the contributions are received at PSERS if contributions are not made when required.<br />

This interest is charged at an annual rate of 6%, pro-rated for each day the payment<br />

is late. For more information, see Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185.<br />

Adjustments to Fiscal Years Prior to 2004-2005<br />

Member Contract Records prior to July 2004 were converted from PSERS’ previous<br />

software system. You must contact PSERS to adjust service reported prior to the<br />

2004-2005 school year.<br />

130<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


How are Work Report Adjustments Transmitted to<br />

PSERS?<br />

All Work Report Adjustment Records are transmitted to PSERS through the online<br />

system. Whenever you discover an error that needs to be corrected, you can choose<br />

to create Work Report Adjustment Records one at a time online, or you may submit<br />

multiple Work Report Adjustment Records in a file. Either way, you begin by<br />

accessing the system:<br />

1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />

familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />

2. From the Employer Services window, click “Adjustments” in the left-hand<br />

menu. A sub-menu appears, as shown next:<br />

Adjustments sub-menu<br />

For further details on the Work Report Adjustments Info Sub-Menu refer to the<br />

chapter titled Information Sub—Menu on page 157.<br />

Work Report Adjustments – Create a Manual Report<br />

Online<br />

If you need to submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for one or only a few<br />

employees, you may prefer to enter these directly online rather than uploading a file<br />

to PSERS. This section describes how to do this.<br />

You may submit Work Report Adjustment Records to PSERS at any time.<br />

First, access the Adjustments sub-menu, as described above in How are Work<br />

Report Adjustments Transmitted to PSERS.<br />

From the “Adjustments” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “Create<br />

Adjustments.” You will see the following on your screen:<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

131


Enter a description of the Adjustment. The description should best reflect why the<br />

adjustment was created.<br />

Example: If two employees dropped off the October 2007 Work Report. The<br />

description could be:<br />

Drops 10/07 WR<br />

After entering your description, click Submit. You will see the following screen:<br />

This screen is the Record Detail Window in the Adjustments Work Area. From here<br />

you will create your Work Report Adjustments, as described in Adjustments Work<br />

Area on page 138.<br />

132<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Work Report Adjustments - Create by Uploading a File<br />

If you need to make a number of Work Report Adjustments in a month, you may<br />

prefer to upload these in a file rather than entering each one individually online.<br />

This process is very similar to uploading a file for your monthly Work Report, except<br />

that you can upload Work Report Adjustment files at any time. You are not limited to<br />

one file per month as you are with Work Report files.<br />

See Submitting Records by Uploading Files on page 159 for information on how to<br />

submit Work Report Adjustments by uploading a file.<br />

Format for Work Report Adjustment Files<br />

See the chapter titled Correctly Formatting Files on page 161 for information<br />

on how to correctly format a Work Report Adjustment. The following pages<br />

will illustrate in detail the layout for Work Report Adjustment Files.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

133


Header of the Work Report Adjustment File<br />

The Work Report Adjustment file must include a single-line header as the first line in<br />

the file. The header line identifies the employer, the type of records in the file, the<br />

number of records in the file, the date and time the file was created, and the total<br />

dollar amount for each pay and contribution category in the file. This information<br />

must be in the following format:<br />

Header<br />

Record<br />

Type<br />

Employer<br />

Code<br />

Detail<br />

Record<br />

Count<br />

R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

O = Optional<br />

C = Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />

A 1 1 Alpha (A =<br />

Adjustments)<br />

R 6 2 Numeric 6-digit<br />

number<br />

R 6 8 Numeric 6-digit<br />

number<br />

Base Total R 12 14 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #########.##<br />

or<br />

-########.##<br />

Unpaid<br />

Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation<br />

Total<br />

Overtime<br />

Total<br />

Supplemental<br />

Total<br />

Wages No<br />

Contribution<br />

Total<br />

Member<br />

POS Installment<br />

Total<br />

Excess<br />

Salary Total<br />

Non-Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation<br />

R 12 26 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #########.##<br />

or<br />

-########.##<br />

R 12 38 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #########.##<br />

or<br />

-########.##<br />

R 12 50 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #########.##<br />

or<br />

-########.##<br />

R 12 62 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #########.##<br />

or<br />

-########.##<br />

R 12 74 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #########.##<br />

or<br />

-########.##<br />

R 12 86 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #########.##<br />

or<br />

-########.##<br />

R 12 98 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #########.##<br />

or<br />

-########.##<br />

A<br />

Describes the<br />

incoming file type;<br />

Adjustments<br />

003456 Employer ID<br />

assigned by<br />

PSERS<br />

002680 Total number of<br />

Adjustment<br />

Records in this file.<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

-66777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

-66777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

-66777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

-66777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

-66777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

-66777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

-66777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

666777888.99<br />

or<br />

-66777888.99<br />

or<br />

000000000.00<br />

Total dollar amount<br />

of Base field in all<br />

Adjustment<br />

Records in this file.<br />

Total dollar amount<br />

of Unpaid<br />

Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation field<br />

in all Adjustment<br />

Records in this file.<br />

Total dollar amount<br />

of Overtime field in<br />

all Adjustment<br />

Records in this file.<br />

Total dollar amount<br />

of Supplemental<br />

field in all<br />

Adjustment<br />

Records in this file.<br />

Total dollar amount<br />

of Wages No<br />

Contribution field in<br />

all Adjustment<br />

Records in this file.<br />

Total dollar amount<br />

of Member POS<br />

Installment field in<br />

all Adjustment<br />

Records in this file.<br />

Total dollar amount<br />

of Member Excess<br />

Salary field in all<br />

Adjustment<br />

Records in this file.<br />

Total dollar amount<br />

of Non-Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation field<br />

in all Adjustment<br />

Records in this file.<br />

134<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Creation<br />

Date and<br />

Time<br />

R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

O = Optional<br />

C = Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />

R 12 110 Date as<br />

MMDDYYYY<br />

HHMM<br />

Filler R 18 122 NULL Filler.<br />

Space filled to<br />

match fixed length<br />

of detail record.<br />

102520061300 File creation date<br />

and time in military<br />

format.<br />

18 spaces<br />

All fields are required. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line.<br />

“Bytes” indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

135


Record Lines in the Work Report Adjustment File<br />

R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

Social<br />

Security<br />

Number<br />

Date of<br />

Birth<br />

Reason<br />

Code<br />

Wage<br />

Indicator<br />

Contributions<br />

Withheld<br />

Flag<br />

Fiscal Year<br />

Ending<br />

O = Optional<br />

C =<br />

Conditional Bytes Start<br />

Format &<br />

Values Sample Comments<br />

R 9 1 Numeric 123456789 Required<br />

R 8 10 Date as<br />

MMDDYYYY<br />

04121980 Required<br />

R 6 18 Alpha as: CNTRCT The reason for the adjustment.<br />

CNTRCT,<br />

LMPSUM,<br />

SVCADJ,<br />

LATRPT,<br />

SALARY,<br />

MEMPOS,<br />

CAWARD, or<br />

UNCRDT<br />

C 1 24 Alpha (Y = Y<br />

If Reason Code = CNTRCT,<br />

wages paid<br />

LMPSUM, LATRPT, SALARY,<br />

during fiscal year<br />

CAWARD, or UNCRDT, then<br />

earned, N =<br />

Required.<br />

wages paid<br />

during the<br />

current fiscal<br />

year,<br />

space=NULL)<br />

C 1 25 Alpha (Y = N<br />

If Reason Code = CNTRCT,<br />

contributions<br />

LMPSUM, LATRPT, SALARY,<br />

were withheld<br />

CAWARD, or UNCRDT, then<br />

from the<br />

Required.<br />

member’s wages<br />

at time of<br />

payment, N =<br />

contributions<br />

were not made,<br />

space=NULL<br />

R 4 26 Year as YYYY 2006 The fiscal year in which the<br />

salary and service were<br />

earned.<br />

Wage Type R 2 30 Alpha<br />

SA = Salary<br />

PD = Per Diem<br />

HR = Hourly<br />

Work<br />

Status<br />

R 6 32 Alpha; value<br />

from Work<br />

Status Table<br />

Base O 10 38 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #######.##<br />

or<br />

-######.##<br />

Unpaid<br />

Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation<br />

O 10 48 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #######.##<br />

or<br />

-######.##<br />

SA<br />

ACTIVE<br />

6777888.99<br />

or<br />

-777888.99<br />

or<br />

0000000.00<br />

6777888.99<br />

or<br />

-777888.99<br />

or<br />

0000000.00<br />

If Reason Code is UNCRDT,<br />

Wage Type should reflect the<br />

employee’s current Wage<br />

Type; otherwise, Wage Type<br />

should reflect the employee’s<br />

Wage Type in effect during the<br />

time period being adjusted.<br />

Must match the work<br />

status as reported on the<br />

Contract Record for which the<br />

adjustment is being made<br />

unless the adjustment is for<br />

uncredited school service,<br />

where the current work status<br />

(ACTIVE) should be used.<br />

136<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


R/O/C<br />

R = Required<br />

O = Optional<br />

C =<br />

Conditional Bytes Start<br />

Format &<br />

Values Sample Comments<br />

Overtime O 10 58 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #######.##<br />

or<br />

-######.##<br />

6777888.99<br />

or<br />

-777888.99<br />

or<br />

0000000.00<br />

Supplemental<br />

Contributions<br />

O 10 68 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #######.##<br />

or<br />

-######.##<br />

C 10 78 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #######.##<br />

or<br />

-######.##<br />

Hours O 5 88 Numeric Signed,<br />

as ##### or<br />

-####<br />

Days O 7 93 Numeric Signed,<br />

as ####.## or<br />

Wages No<br />

Contribution<br />

Excess<br />

Salary<br />

Member<br />

POS Installment<br />

Non-Retirement<br />

Covered<br />

Compensation<br />

-###.##<br />

O 10 100 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #######.##<br />

or<br />

-######.##<br />

O 10 110 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #######.##<br />

or<br />

-######.##<br />

C 10 120 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #######.##<br />

or<br />

-######.##<br />

O 10 130 Numeric Signed,<br />

as #######.##<br />

or<br />

-######.##<br />

6777888.99<br />

or<br />

-777888.99<br />

or<br />

0000000.00<br />

6777888.99<br />

or<br />

-777888.99<br />

or<br />

0000000.00<br />

00160 or<br />

–0160 or<br />

00000<br />

0020.00 or<br />

-000.00 or<br />

0000.00<br />

6777888.99<br />

or<br />

-777888.99<br />

or<br />

0000000.00<br />

6777888.99<br />

or<br />

-777888.99<br />

or<br />

0000000.00<br />

6777888.99<br />

or<br />

-777888.99<br />

or<br />

0000000.00<br />

6777888.99<br />

or<br />

-777888.99<br />

or<br />

0000000.00<br />

If Base OR Unpaid Retirement<br />

Covered Contributions OR<br />

Overtime OR Supplemental<br />

are not zero, then Required.<br />

If Work Status = ACTIVE and<br />

Base exceeds the 401(a)(17)<br />

limitation, then Base must not<br />

be greater the 401(a)(17)<br />

limitation and Excess Salary<br />

must > 0.<br />

Optional field for Non-<br />

Retirement Covered Comp,<br />

i.e. payment of unused sick<br />

time, bonus pay, etc.<br />

“Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line. “Bytes” indicates how<br />

many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />

For more information on any field, see Adjustments Work Area on page 138.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

137


Uploading a Work Report Adjustment File<br />

First, access the Adjustments sub-menu, as described in How are Work Report<br />

Adjustments Transmitted to PSERS on page 131.<br />

From the Adjustments sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “File Upload.”<br />

The following screen appears:<br />

See Uploading Information Files on page 163 for further information on how to<br />

upload a Work Report Adjustment File.<br />

Adjustments Work Area<br />

After you create Adjustments (either by uploading a file or by creating a Manual<br />

Adjustment “file” online), the next step is to go to the Adjustments Work Area.<br />

You can reach the Work Area by clicking “Work Area” in the File Upload window.<br />

You can reach the Work Area for Imports by clicking “Work Area” in the Adjustments<br />

sub-menu. Clicking “Work Area” in the Adjustments sub-menu and selecting Manual<br />

Reports can reach the Work Area for Manual Adjustments.<br />

138<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


File Window<br />

The File window displays your Work Report Adjustments. You can view Work Report<br />

Adjustments you created through a file upload by checking the “Import Reports”<br />

option near the top of the window, or you can view Work Report Adjustments that you<br />

created directly online by checking the “Manual Reports” option.<br />

Work Report Adjustments Created by File Upload<br />

Select the “Import Reports” option near the top of the window to view Work Report<br />

Adjustments that you created by uploading files. You will see a screen similar to the<br />

following:<br />

See the chapter on Work Area—File Window located on page 167 for information on<br />

how to navigate in the Work Report Adjustment File Window.<br />

Work Report Adjustments Created Online<br />

Select the “Manual Reports” option near the top of the window to view Work Report<br />

Adjustments that you created directly online. You will see a screen similar to the<br />

following:<br />

See the chapter on Work Area—File Window, the section on Files Created Online<br />

located on page 169 for information on how to navigate in the Work Report<br />

Adjustment File Window.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

139


Record Detail Window<br />

The Record Detail window in the Adjustments Work Area is used to add, delete, or<br />

edit individual Work Report Adjustment Records prior to approving the file.<br />

Access<br />

See File Window on previous page to access the Record Detail window. Click<br />

“Detail” or “Edit” next to the desired Work Report Adjustment<br />

The Record Detail window looks similar to the following example:<br />

Refer to the chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window on page 171 for more<br />

information on how to navigate the Work Adjustment Records Detail Window.<br />

Adding a Work Report Adjustment Record<br />

To add an individual to a Work Report Adjustment Record, click Add on the Work<br />

Report Adjustment Record Detail window. You will be prompted to enter the SSN<br />

(social security number) for the employee whose work you are entering.<br />

Enter the social security number and click “Submit.”<br />

If there is no Member Demographic Information on file, or if there is no<br />

Member Contract Record on file for the social security number you entered,<br />

you will see the message, “Error – SSN does not exist.”<br />

If the employee has Member Demographic Information and at least one<br />

Member Contract Record on file, a Work Report Adjustment Record will be<br />

added for this employee. All of the other fields in the Work Report<br />

Adjustment Record will be blank.<br />

140<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


At this point, you must enter information into the appropriate fields for this Work<br />

Report Adjustment Record. The fields are described under Using the Edit Window<br />

on the next page. You can add or edit information in either of two ways:<br />

<br />

Click in each field to enter or change the information. Use the scroll bar to<br />

move across and update each field in the row as needed.<br />

or…<br />

<br />

Click on Edit to the left of the employee’s social security number. This will<br />

take you into the Edit window, described under Using the Edit Window. This<br />

window provides more information about any error(s) and exception(s) in the<br />

record as you edit. The errors will be displayed at the top of the page.<br />

Using the Edit Window<br />

The Edit window allows you to add or edit information for any individual Work Report<br />

Adjustment Record. To access this window, click on “Edit” to the left of a Work<br />

Report Adjustment Record in the Work Report Adjustment Record Detail window.<br />

The Edit window looks like the following:<br />

If you already entered a fiscal year into the YEAR field and saved the record after<br />

doing so, the employee’s information for that fiscal year will appear in the left-hand<br />

window, “Existing Fiscal Year Information.” The fields in this window will be blank if<br />

you have not yet entered a fiscal year and saved the record after doing so.<br />

Under “Adjustment Detail,” enter information into the appropriate fields. See Work<br />

Report Adjustment Record Fields for more information on any field.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

141


When done entering information, click Submit. The record will be validated to<br />

ensure that all information is entered in the correct format and that all necessary<br />

fields have been filled in for this Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />

• If any errors or exceptions are found during the validation process, you will be<br />

returned to the Edit window, and the errors or exceptions will be displayed<br />

near the top of the window. You must correct the errors. Exceptions are<br />

shown for your reference so you can verify that the information is correct.<br />

Some sample errors include:<br />

• If the Work Report Adjustment Record passes the validation check, it will be<br />

saved to your current Work Report Adjustment. You will be returned to the<br />

Edit window, with the message, “Msg – Member adjustment created<br />

successfully” near the top of the screen. At this point, the record has been<br />

saved as a temporary file. You must click “Save” a second time to<br />

permanently save the entry. You may make additional changes and save<br />

those, or you may click “Cancel” to exit from this screen. Clicking “Cancel”<br />

will cause you to lose any changes you made since the last “Save.”<br />

You must correct all errors before you can save the Work Report Adjustment Record<br />

and exit from the Edit window. Exceptions are shown for your information; you may<br />

save and exit with the exception still in place. If you must leave this window without<br />

correcting all errors, click “Cancel.” In this case, edit the record again later.<br />

Note: When you exit an imported file, any records containing errors will appear in<br />

red. Invalid records in a manual file will be lost when you exit the file.<br />

142<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Work Report Adjustment Record Fields<br />

Work Report Adjustment Records contain the same fields as Work Report Records,<br />

but these fields are used in a slightly different way. There are also three additional<br />

fields. The additional fields and the specific use of the other fields are described<br />

here:<br />

• Reason Code: Use the drop-down menu to select the reason the adjustment<br />

is necessary. The Reason Code names in parenthesis are found in manual<br />

adjustment files and may differ slightly from imported adjustments.<br />

If there are several reasons for making this adjustment, select the most<br />

important reason as indicated in the Reason Codes.<br />

SALARY (Payroll Correction): Use this code if you are correcting any<br />

salary/wages that you previously reported to PSERS incorrectly. You may<br />

also correct service time in the same Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />

CNTRCT (Missing Member Contract Record): Use this code if you are<br />

submitting a Work Report Record that was rejected in your monthly Work<br />

Report because the employee did not have a corresponding Member<br />

Contract Record. Submit the correct Member Contract Record first and then<br />

submit the employee’s work information in your next monthly Work Report or<br />

in a Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />

LMPSUM (Lump Sum / Retro Pay Adjustment): Use this code if the<br />

employee receives a non-court awarded adjustment, such as a contract<br />

settlement, that needs to be applied to a prior fiscal year or cannot be<br />

reported in a Work Report Record for some other reason.<br />

SVCADJ (Service Adjustment): Use this code if you are correcting service<br />

time that was previously reported to PSERS for this employee. This may be<br />

used to adjust hours, days, or both.<br />

Note: If this adjustment includes both a change to service time and a change<br />

to salary, use the SALARY code rather than the SVCADJ code.<br />

LATRPT (Late Report): Use this code if you are reporting an employee’s<br />

wages/salary and contributions (if any) after you have submitted the monthly<br />

Work Report in which this should have been reported. This code is only used<br />

when reporting information late for an existing employee. If a qualified<br />

employee was never entered as a member or reported to PSERS, use the<br />

UNCRDT code to report this employee’s salary, contributions, and service<br />

time.<br />

All other codes supersede the LATRPT code so LATRPT should only be<br />

used when no other Reason Code applies.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

143


POS Correction (Member Purchase of Service Installments Correction):<br />

Use this code if you are correcting Member Purchase of Service Installments<br />

information that you previously reported to PSERS incorrectly or that you did<br />

not report to PSERS when you should have.<br />

UNCRDT (Uncredited School Service): Use this code if, due to an<br />

administrative error, you did not enter an employee as a member at the<br />

appropriate time and if, as a result of this oversight, you did not report the<br />

employee’s salary/wages, contributions (if withheld), and service time to<br />

PSERS, but you did pay the employee at the time.<br />

If you withheld contributions from the original payment to the employee but<br />

did not enter the employee as a member or remit the contributions to PSERS,<br />

a delinquency will be applied to your PSERS account for both your and the<br />

employee portion of the contributions. This will include interest at the rate of<br />

6% per annum, prorated for the number of days the payment was late.<br />

If contributions were NOT withheld from the original payment to the<br />

employee, but the service was eligible for retirement contributions, the<br />

employee must purchase this service time. See Purchase of Service Credit<br />

in the Employer’s Reference Manual for Member Benefits.<br />

CAWARD (Court Award): Use this code if you are reporting arbitration<br />

relating to a rate grievance, improper termination, etc. PSERS must review<br />

the court award/order before releasing any credit or debit to your and/or the<br />

employee account.<br />

If the court award spans fiscal years and/or contribution periods, then you<br />

must submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for each fiscal year with the<br />

corresponding salary and service reported in each.<br />

• Wage Indicator: This indicates whether or not the salary/wages in this Work<br />

Report Adjustment Record were paid during the fiscal year in which they were<br />

earned.<br />

Yes: Select “Yes” if the salary/wages were earned and paid in the<br />

adjustment fiscal year.<br />

No: Select “No” if the salary/wages were earned in a prior fiscal year but<br />

were paid in the current fiscal year (when the mistake was discovered).<br />

This field can only be left blank if Reason Code is set to SVCADJ or<br />

MEMPOS.<br />

144<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• Contributions Withheld: This indicates whether or not contributions were<br />

withheld from the salary/wages at the time they were paid to the employee.<br />

Yes: Select “Yes” if contributions were withheld when the salary/wages were<br />

paid whether that was in a past fiscal year or in the current fiscal year.<br />

No: Select “No” if no contributions were withheld from the salary/wages<br />

when they were paid to the employee.<br />

This field can only be left blank if Reason Code is set to SVCADJ or<br />

MEMPOS.<br />

• Wage Type: Select “Hourly,” “Per Diem,” or “Salary” from the drop-down<br />

menu. Do not leave this field blank.<br />

If the Reason Code is set to UNCRDT, Wage Type should match the<br />

employee’s current Wage Type as set in the employee’s Member Contract<br />

Record.<br />

If Reason Code is anything other than UNCRDT, Wage Type should match<br />

the Wage Type that was in effect during the time period being adjusted.<br />

• Work Status: Use the drop-down menu to select the Work Status for the<br />

employee during the time period being adjusted. Do not leave this field blank.<br />

If the Reason Code is set to UNCRDT, Work Status should match the<br />

employee’s current Work Status as set in the employee’s Member Contract<br />

Record. If this Work Status is not ACTIVE, contact PSERS for assistance as<br />

described in Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />

If Reason Code is anything other than UNCRDT, Work Status should match<br />

the Work Status that was in effect during the time period being adjusted.<br />

See Member Contract Records – Creating Individually on page 41 for more<br />

information on Work Statuses.<br />

• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): Enter the ending year of the fiscal year in<br />

which the salary and service were earned (when the work was performed or<br />

the leave of absence took place). Enter the year in YYYY format, with no<br />

spaces, dashes, or other characters. This field cannot be left blank.<br />

Example: For the 2006-2007 fiscal year, enter 2007.<br />

If you reported the initial information with the wrong fiscal year, correct this by<br />

submitting an Adjustment Record that subtracts all reported information from<br />

the year it was erroneously reported in, and then submit a second Adjustment<br />

Record that adds this information to the correct fiscal year.<br />

Due to the increase in the contribution rate effective January 1, 2002, you<br />

must use the June 2002 contribution rate to do any salary adjustment for the<br />

2001-2002 school year.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

145


• BASE: Enter the difference between what you originally reported as the<br />

employee’s base salary and what should have been reported. This amount can<br />

be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar<br />

digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any<br />

punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this<br />

field blank or enter 0000000.00 if BASE does not need to be corrected.<br />

Leading zeros are not required for any field in a manual adjustment file.<br />

Example #1: If an employee was reported as earning $1,233.00 less than<br />

she actually earned, enter 001233.00 to add this amount to her earnings for<br />

the fiscal year.<br />

Example #2: If an employee was reported as earning $1,500 more than she<br />

actually earned, enter -001500.00 to subtract these earnings.<br />

The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />

after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. See the<br />

EXSAL field.<br />

• URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation): Enter the difference<br />

between what you originally reported as the employee’s URCC and what<br />

should have been reported. This amount can be positive or negative. Enter<br />

the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2<br />

cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the<br />

minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this field blank or enter<br />

0000000.00 if URCC does not need to be corrected.<br />

The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />

after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. See the<br />

EXSAL field.<br />

• OT (Overtime): Enter the difference between what you originally reported as<br />

the employee’s OT and what should have been reported. This amount can be<br />

positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar<br />

digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any<br />

punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this<br />

field blank or enter 0000000.00 if OT does not need to be corrected.<br />

The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />

after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. See the<br />

EXSAL field.<br />

• SUP (Supplemental): Enter the difference between what you originally<br />

reported as the employee’s SUP and what should have been reported. This<br />

amount can be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if<br />

needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the<br />

dollar sign or any punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal<br />

point. Leave this field blank or enter 0000000.00 if SUP does not need to be<br />

corrected.<br />

146<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />

after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. See the<br />

EXSAL field.<br />

• CONTRIB (Contributions): If you are adjusting an employee’s salary, adjust<br />

the contributions appropriately. You may enter a positive or negative amount.<br />

Enter the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point,<br />

and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than<br />

the minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this field blank or enter<br />

0000000.00 if the Contributions do not need to be corrected.<br />

The CONTRIB field must be adjusted if any of the following is true:<br />

BASE is not zero.<br />

or…<br />

SUP (Supplemental) is not zero.<br />

or…<br />

OT (Overtime) is not zero.<br />

or…<br />

URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation) is not zero.<br />

Do not adjust an employee’s contributions unless you are also adjusting<br />

salary. If you withheld contributions from an employee’s paycheck at an<br />

incorrect rate, you do not need to adjust this. PSERS posts the correct<br />

amount to the employee’s account and charges/credits the difference to your<br />

account automatically.<br />

• HRS (Hours): Enter the difference between what you originally reported as<br />

the employee’s hours of service time and what should have been reported.<br />

This amount can be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign<br />

(if needed) and 4-hour digits. Hours must be rounded up or down. Do not<br />

enter any punctuation other than the minus sign. Leave this field blank or<br />

enter 00000 if the hours do not need to be corrected.<br />

Only enter hours that count as Service Time (service that is earned, service<br />

that may qualify later, or service that can be purchased).<br />

• DAYS: Enter the difference between what you originally reported as the<br />

employee’s hours of service time and what should have been reported. This<br />

amount can be positive or negative. Enter the days as a minus sign (if<br />

needed), 3-day digits, a decimal point, and two partial-day digits. Do not<br />

enter any punctuation other than the minus sign. Leave this field blank or<br />

enter 0000.00 if the days do not need to be corrected.<br />

Example: Enter 019.50 for a per diem employee who worked 19 ½ days<br />

more during the fiscal year than you originally reported.<br />

Only enter days that count as Service Time (service that is earned, service<br />

that may qualify later, or service that can be purchased).<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

147


• WNC (Wages No Contribution): Enter the difference between what you<br />

originally reported as the employee’s WNC and what should have been<br />

reported. This amount can be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a<br />

minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do<br />

not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the minus sign and a<br />

single decimal point. Leave this field blank or enter 0000000.00 if WNC does<br />

not need to be corrected.<br />

• POS (Member Purchase of Service Installments): Enter the difference<br />

between what you originally reported as the employee’s Member POS<br />

Installment and what should have been reported. This amount can be<br />

positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar<br />

digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any<br />

punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this<br />

field blank or enter 0000000.00 if POS does not need to be corrected.<br />

The POS field must be adjusted if the Reason Code is set to MEMPOS and<br />

POS Correction.<br />

• EXSAL (Excess Salary): Enter the difference between what you originally<br />

reported as the employee’s EXSAL and what should have been reported. This<br />

amount can be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if<br />

needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the<br />

dollar sign or any punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal<br />

point. Leave this field blank or enter 0000000.00 if EXSAL does not need to<br />

be corrected.<br />

The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />

after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations, as described<br />

in What Earnings Qualify for Contributions and Contribution Rates on<br />

page 66. If the total of these fields, after adjustments, exceeds the IRS<br />

401(a)(17) limit, reduce the amount in the BASE field so that the total of these<br />

fields is equal to the IRS 401(a)(17) limit, and enter the remainder of the<br />

employee’s earnings in the EXSAL field.<br />

• NRCC (Non-Retirement Covered Compensation): Enter the difference<br />

between what you originally reported as the employee’s NRCC and what<br />

should have been reported. This amount can be positive or negative. Enter<br />

the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2<br />

cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the<br />

minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this field blank or enter<br />

0000000.00 if NRCC does not need to be corrected.<br />

148<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Saving Your Changes<br />

After adding, deleting, or editing any Work Report Adjustment Records, always save<br />

your work twice. Click “Save” in the Adjustment Record Detail window BEFORE you<br />

log out or go to another part of the system.<br />

If you log out or go to another part of the system without clicking “Save” twice, you<br />

will lose ALL changes you made since the last save. In this case, any records you<br />

added will be lost, any records you deleted will be restored, and any records you<br />

edited will be returned to their previous information.<br />

Submitting the Work Report Adjustment(s) to PSERS<br />

For information on how to submit Work Report Adjustments to PSERS see<br />

Submitting Records to PSERS on page 175.<br />

Each night, PSERS releases all Work Report Adjustments that have been approved<br />

for submission, except for Court Awards, that must be reviewed before being<br />

released. PSERS will automatically apply the information found in the Work Report<br />

Adjustment to your account with PSERS and to your employees’ accounts. After that<br />

time, you cannot change the Work Report Adjustment.<br />

You may view a Work Report Adjustment after you approve the file. The file will<br />

appear as pending until it is released the following day. Use the Approved<br />

Adjustments option to do this.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

149


Work Report Adjustments – Examples<br />

This section provides examples of how you would correct errors made in reporting<br />

work-related information to PSERS.<br />

<strong>Reporting</strong> Information that was Previously OMITTED<br />

With the New Pension Administration System, most corrections are made online by<br />

submitting a Work Report Record or a Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />

Salary/Contributions Not Reported<br />

There may be times when you did not report the salary and/or contributions for an<br />

employee at the correct time.<br />

Example #1: A full-time, salaried employee earned $3,000 during the first quarter of<br />

the 2005 – 2006 fiscal year. The employee was entered as a PSERS member at the<br />

time, but due to an administrative error, you left this employee off your Monthly<br />

Report. You paid the employee properly, and reported the employee’s service time<br />

for the year correctly at the end of the year. You withheld $225 of retirement<br />

contributions and remitted these to PSERS along with your other withholdings, but<br />

since you did not report the employee, these withholdings were not credited to her<br />

account. When the employee requests a retirement estimate, she brings the missing<br />

quarter to your attention.<br />

Correct this situation by submitting a Work Report Adjustment Record with the<br />

fields set as follows:<br />

• Reason Code: UNCRDT (Uncredited School Service)<br />

• Wage Indicator: Yes<br />

• Contributions Withheld: Yes<br />

• Wage Type: Salary<br />

• Work Status: ACTIVE<br />

• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2006 (the ending year of the 2005 – 2006 fiscal<br />

year)<br />

• BASE: 0003000.00<br />

• CONTRIB (Contributions): 0000225.00<br />

• DAYS: 0000.00<br />

Since you withheld contributions properly and remitted these to PSERS at the correct<br />

time, no interest charges apply (unless these contributions were refunded to you as<br />

having been paid in error). If this happened, PSERS will apply a delinquency to your<br />

account for both your and the employee portion of the contributions. This includes<br />

interest at the rate of 6% per annum, prorated for the number of days the payment<br />

was late from the original date it was due.<br />

150<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Example #2: Using the same situation as Example #1, if you withheld contributions<br />

from the employee’s paycheck but did NOT remit these contributions to PSERS, the<br />

following applies:<br />

Since you withheld contributions from the original payment to the employee but did<br />

not remit these contributions to PSERS, a delinquency will be applied to your PSERS<br />

account for both your and the employee portion of the contributions. This includes<br />

interest at the rate of 6% per annum, prorated for the number of days the payment<br />

was late after the end of the fiscal year.<br />

From the employee’s perspective, the wages and contributions in both of these<br />

examples would be credited to the correct fiscal year and would earn interest as if<br />

they had been in the account from June 30 of that year.<br />

Example #3: Using the same situation as Example #1, if you did not withhold<br />

contributions from the employee’s paycheck and the salary qualified for contributions,<br />

the following applies:<br />

• Contributions Withheld: No<br />

• CONTRIB (Contributions): 0000000.00<br />

• WNC (Wages No Contribution): 0003000.00<br />

This Work Report Adjustment will cause PSERS to begin a Purchase of Service<br />

process for this employee. PSERS will generate a Statement of Amount Due to the<br />

employee for the retirement contributions that were never withheld but should have<br />

been. PSERS will also generate a Statement of Amount Due to you. See Purchase<br />

of Service Credit in the Employer’s Reference Manual for Member Benefits for<br />

details.<br />

Employees Work Report was Rejected<br />

PSERS will reject your Work Report if you attempt to submit a monthly Work Report<br />

Record for an employee without first submitting Member Demographic Information or<br />

a Member Contract Record.<br />

To correct this, submit Member Demographic Information and at least one<br />

Member Contract Record. Then, you must submit a Work Report Adjustment<br />

Record with the fields set as follows:<br />

• Reason Code: CNTRCT (Missing Member Contract Record)<br />

• Wage Indicator: Yes<br />

• Contributions Withheld: Yes or No as appropriate<br />

All fields need to be reported in the Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

151


Adjusting Information that was Reported INCORRECTLY<br />

In some situations, an employee’s salary, contributions, service time, and/or Member<br />

Purchase of Service Installments may have been reported to PSERS incorrectly.<br />

Incorrect Salary/Contributions Previously Reported<br />

Example: A full-time, salaried employee was paid $3,500 in September 2006 but<br />

you accidentally reported $5,300 in your monthly Work Report. You reported the<br />

contributions correctly.<br />

To correct the salary, submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set<br />

as follows:<br />

• Reason Code: SALARY (Correction to Previously-Reported Salary or<br />

Contributions)<br />

• Wage Indicator: Yes<br />

• Contributions Withheld: Yes<br />

• Wage Type: Salary (note that the Wage Type must match the Wage Type<br />

at the time the work was performed)<br />

• Work Status: ACTIVE<br />

• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2007 (2006 – 2007 fiscal year)<br />

• BASE: –001800.00 (3,500 – the 5,300 originally reported)<br />

• CONTRIB (Contributions): –000135.00<br />

Incorrect Service Time was Previously Reported<br />

Example: A full-time, salaried employee worked 190 days during the 2005 – 2006<br />

fiscal year, but you accidentally reported 195 days of service time.<br />

To correct this, submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set as<br />

follows:<br />

• Reason Code: SVCADJ (Service Adjustment)<br />

• Wage Type: Salary (note that the Wage Type must match the Wage Type<br />

at the time the work was performed)<br />

• Work Status: ACTIVE<br />

• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2006<br />

• DAYS: –005.00 (190 – the 195 originally reported)<br />

Note: If the Adjustment Record includes both a change to service time and a<br />

change to salary, use the SALARY code rather than the SVCADJ code.<br />

152<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Incorrect Member Purchase of Service Installments<br />

Example: A part-time, hourly employee is paying Member Purchase of Service<br />

Installments of $95 per month. You accidentally report $59 per month to PSERS for<br />

September and October 2006 before the employee calls the mistake to your<br />

attention.<br />

To correct this, submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set as<br />

follows:<br />

• Reason Code: MEMPOS (Member Purchase of Service Installments<br />

Correction)<br />

• Wage Type: Hourly<br />

• Work Status: ACTIVE<br />

• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2007<br />

• Member POS Installment: 0000072.00 ($95 – $59, times 2 months)<br />

Note: If the Adjustment Record includes both a change to Member Purchase of<br />

Service Installments and a change to salary, use the SALARY code rather than<br />

the MEMPOS code.<br />

Arbitration and Court Decision Payments<br />

Contract salary awarded to an employee as a result of arbitration or a court<br />

decision is compensation for retirement purposes IF THE EMPLOYEE RECEIVES<br />

FULL BACK PAY AND BENEFITS.<br />

• Report the total amount that represents only the employee's reinstated full<br />

contract salary even though the amount of the award may have included<br />

interest or punitive damages. Do not report any other awarded claims such<br />

as interest.<br />

• Interest payments received as part of the award are NOT subject to<br />

retirement deductions. Report these in the Non-Retirement Covered<br />

Compensation field on the employee’s Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />

• You must make retirement contributions on the gross amount of contract<br />

salary awarded, not on the net salary received by the employee. If an award<br />

amount is reduced because of other outside income, you must still pay<br />

contributions on the full award amount.<br />

Example: An employee was awarded $20,000, but this amount was reduced by<br />

other outside income. The employee must pay retirement contributions on the<br />

full $20,000 award.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

153


• Submit a copy of the arbitration or court decision to PSERS to:<br />

PO Box 125<br />

Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />

You must show the total amount of the award, the salary breakdown by<br />

month/year, and the days or hours of service time to be credited.<br />

• If the court award spans fiscal years and/or contribution periods, then you<br />

must submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for each fiscal year and/or<br />

contribution period with the corresponding salary and service reported in<br />

each.<br />

• PSERS must review the court award/order before releasing any credit or<br />

debit to your and/or the employee accounts.<br />

• If the Wage Indicator is set to “Y”, the employee and employer contribution<br />

rate will be based on the fiscal year in the adjustment record. If the Wage<br />

Indicator is set to “N”, the employee and employer contribution rate is<br />

based on the current fiscal year rate.<br />

Example: A salaried employee is terminated on December 17, 2004. The employee<br />

feels the termination is wrongful and sues for full back pay, benefits, interest, and<br />

penalties. The case goes to arbitration in August 2004, where it is decided that the<br />

employee will receive back pay and benefits for the remainder of his contract, from<br />

December 18, 2004 through June 10, 2005, as a $21,000 lump sum. Since the<br />

employee has been working at another job since May 15, 2005 and received $3,000<br />

in salary, the employer payment amount is reduced by $3,000, bringing the total you<br />

pay down to $18,000. You and the employee must still pay retirement contributions<br />

on the full $21,000 award, so you will withhold $1,575 from the lump sum payment.<br />

The employee will be earning 49 days of service time (the remainder of the contract<br />

for which he is being paid).<br />

Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set as follows:<br />

• Reason Code: CAWARD (Court Award)<br />

• Wage Indicator: No<br />

• Contributions Withheld: Yes<br />

• Wage Type: Salary<br />

• Work Status: TRMNTN<br />

• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2005<br />

• BASE: 0018000.00<br />

• URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation): 0000000.00<br />

• CONTRIB: 001575.00 (at 7.5%)<br />

• DAYS: 0049.00<br />

154<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Non-Arbitration/Court-Awarded Lump Sum Payments<br />

Retroactive Salary Increases Due to Late Contract<br />

Settlement<br />

Lump-sum payments that represent the difference between the old contract salary<br />

and the new contract salary are compensation for retirement benefits.<br />

• If the back salary increase spans fiscal years and/or contribution periods, then<br />

you must submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for each fiscal year<br />

and/or contribution period with the corresponding salary and service reported<br />

in each.<br />

• If the Wage Indicator is set to “Y”, the employee and employer contribution<br />

rate will be based on the fiscal year in the adjustment record. If the Wage<br />

Indicator is set to “N”, the employee and employer contribution rate is<br />

based on the current fiscal year rate.<br />

Note: When a contract is settled and payments are made retroactively, you must<br />

withhold and report member contributions in the year earned. If the employee has<br />

retired or received a refund, PSERS will make any necessary adjustments to a<br />

retiree’s benefit or additional payments to a refunded member.<br />

Back Pay Award<br />

Lump-sum payments also include back pay awards that are privately negotiated with<br />

a (former) employee without a court order.<br />

• If the back pay settlement spans fiscal years and/or contribution periods, then<br />

you must submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for each fiscal year<br />

and/or contribution period with the corresponding salary and service reported<br />

in each.<br />

• If the Wage Indicator is set to “Y”, the employee and employer contribution<br />

rate will be based on the fiscal year in the adjustment record. If the Wage<br />

Indicator is set to “N”, the employee and employer contribution rate is<br />

based on the current fiscal year rate.<br />

Example: You terminated a salaried coach in April 2006. The coach disputes the<br />

termination, seeking payment and service time for the remainder of his contract,<br />

through June 2006. In August 2006, you agree to these terms. You pay the coach a<br />

lump sum of $4,500, from which $292.50 in retirement contributions are withheld.<br />

The coach will receive 12 days of service time.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

155


Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set as follows:<br />

• Reason Code: LMPSUM (Lump Sum / Retro Pay Adjustment)<br />

• Wage Indicator: No<br />

• Contributions Withheld: Yes<br />

• Wage Type: Salary<br />

• Work Status: TRMNTN<br />

• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2006<br />

• BASE: 0004500.00<br />

• CONTRIB: 0000292.50<br />

• DAYS: 0012.00<br />

156<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

11<br />

Information Sub—Menu<br />

The Information Sub—Menu is for imports and manual files. Use the radial button at<br />

the top of the page to choose the type of work area.<br />

Member Demographics and Contract Records<br />

There are four options in the Info sub-menu under Member Demographics and<br />

Contract Records:<br />

• File Upload lets you submit new record and make changes to existing<br />

records by uploading a file that was exported by your payroll/HR software<br />

system. In this case, you must upload a file in the correct format. See<br />

Submitting Records by Uploading a File on page 159.<br />

• Work Area is used in connection with the File Upload option. See Uploading<br />

an Information File on page 163 for more information on this option.<br />

• View/Edit option lets you check whether a record already appears on file<br />

with PSERS. If so, you can view and edit this information online.<br />

• Create option lets you submit a record by entering this information directly<br />

online, one at a time.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

157


Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments<br />

There are four options in the Info sub-menu for Work Reports and Work Report<br />

Adjustments:<br />

• File Upload lets you submit new record and make changes to existing<br />

records by uploading a file that was exported by your payroll/HR software<br />

system. In this case, you must upload a file in the correct format. See<br />

Submitting Records by Uploading a File on page 159.<br />

• Work Area is where Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments that you<br />

have submitted can be found. There is both an “Import” and a “Manual” Work<br />

Area. If the report was created online, make sure to look in the “Manual”<br />

Work Area.<br />

• Create Report/Adjustments allows the employer to create a manual<br />

Work Report and/or Adjustment File<br />

• Approved Reports allows employer to view all approved reports by<br />

selecting the “View” tab. Once the file is open, the employer will also have<br />

a “Print” function button on the top right of the page.<br />

158<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

12<br />

Submitting Records by Uploading<br />

Files<br />

There are five steps involved in submitting multiple records at once:<br />

1. Create a file in the correct format. In most cases, this involves exporting the<br />

file from your payroll/HR software system. Name the file as specified in the<br />

PSERS Filename Convention, described in Uploading an Information File on<br />

page 163. The file format is detailed under Correctly Formatting Files on<br />

page 161.<br />

2. Upload the file to PSERS, as described under Uploading an Information File<br />

on page 163.<br />

3. Validate the file to check for any errors or exceptions. You may validate<br />

the file as part of the uploading process or you may do this from the Work<br />

Area later, at your option. PSERS will validate the file immediately upon<br />

submission. If the file is very large, PSERS may validate it overnight. In<br />

this case, you will see a message indicating you should return to the<br />

system the next day.<br />

4. Fix the records with errors or delete these records. Go to the section’s Work<br />

Area. If you did not choose to validate the file during the upload process, run<br />

the validation process at this time. After the file validation has been run, any<br />

records that contain errors or exceptions will be flagged for you to examine.<br />

Exceptions are shown for your information. You may submit records with<br />

exceptions still in place but you should contact the Employer Service Center<br />

to inform PSERS. Rerun the validation process after making any corrections.<br />

5. Submit the file once all corrections are made.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

159


Chapter<br />

13<br />

Correctly Formatting Files<br />

In order to transmit a file to the system, all information in the file must be in the<br />

correct format, as follows:<br />

• Save the file as a plain text (ASCII) file that contains only Member<br />

Demographic Information. You CANNOT mix Member Demographic<br />

Information, Member Contract Records, Work Report Records, and/or Work<br />

Report Adjustment Records into one file.<br />

• The first line in the file is a header line. Refer to the section where the<br />

Header Line is described. For example, The Member Demographic Header<br />

Line can be found under Header of the Member Demographic Information<br />

File on page 32.<br />

• Each individual record must appear on its own record line. Refer to the<br />

section where the Record Lines are described. For example, the Member<br />

Demographic Record Line section is found under Record Lines in the<br />

Member Demographic Information File on page 33.<br />

• All record lines must be in the fixed-record (fixed width) format.<br />

• Report the fields in each record line in the order identified.<br />

• All numeric (non-decimal) fields must be right justified, zero-padded left. If<br />

the field is optional and will not be populated with data, zero-fill it.<br />

• Date fields are considered numeric. If a date field is optional and will not be<br />

populated with data, zero-fill it.<br />

• All alpha or alphanumeric fields must be left justified, space-filled to the right.<br />

If the field is optional and will not be populated with data, space-fill it.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

161


• Implied decimals cannot be used, but when an example shows a numeric<br />

value with a decimal point, zero-value fields must include this decimal point in<br />

that place.<br />

• For fields that are numeric signed, the minus sign must appear as the<br />

leftmost position in the field if the value is less than zero; otherwise, the<br />

leftmost position would have a zero in it.<br />

• All header and record lines must be Carriage Return, Line Feed (CRLF<br />

Hexadecimal 0D25) delimited.<br />

• All fields in the file are character-based and fixed-length. Some fields require<br />

a particular character, such as a decimal point, in a specific place. The<br />

sample data shown for each field indicates the layout of that field. All records<br />

must use this layout for both real data and “empty” or “zero value” data.<br />

162<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

14<br />

Uploading an Information File<br />

First, access the particular sub-menu that you need.<br />

• From the sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click File Upload.<br />

• Click “Browse” to locate the file to be uploaded to PSERS. This file must be<br />

in the correct format. Name the file as specified in the PSERS Filename<br />

Convention:<br />

A Member Demographic Information filename must begin with “mdem”<br />

followed by your 6-digit PSERS Employer Code (if your Employer Code is<br />

shorter than six digits, place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it six<br />

digits long), followed by the 4-digit year, the 2-digit month, a decimal point,<br />

and “v3d” as the filename extension.<br />

A Contract Information filename must begin with “cont” followed by your 6-<br />

digit PSERS Employer Code (if your Employer Code is shorter than six digits,<br />

place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it six digits long), followed by the<br />

4-digit year, the 2-digit month, a decimal point, and “v3d” as the filename<br />

extension.<br />

A Work Report filename must begin with “wrpt” followed by your 6-digit<br />

PSERS Employer Code (if your Employer Code is shorter than six digits,<br />

place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it six digits long), followed by the<br />

4-digit year, the 2-digit month, a decimal point, and “v3d” as the filename<br />

extension.<br />

An Adjustments filename must begin with “wadj” followed by your 6-digit<br />

PSERS Employer Code (if your Employer Code is shorter than six digits,<br />

place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it six digits long), followed by the<br />

4-digit year, the 2-digit month, a decimal point, and “v3d” as the filename<br />

extension.<br />

Example: Employer 1234 is submitting a Member Demographic Information<br />

file in July 2006. The file would be named: mdem001234200607.v3d<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

163


• After selecting the file, you must enter a brief description of the file in the<br />

Description field. After the file is transmitted, you will no longer see the file<br />

name. Instead, you will only see the description you entered.<br />

The description must contain the following:<br />

Your 6-digit PSERS Employer Code. If your Employer Code is<br />

shorter than six digits, place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it<br />

six digits long.<br />

<br />

<br />

The initials of the type of file you are working on. Use “MD” for<br />

Member Demographic, “CR” for Contract Information, “WR” for Work<br />

Report, and “WA” for Adjustments.<br />

The 4-digit year and the 2-digit month.<br />

Sample Description: Employer 1234 is submitting a Member Demographic<br />

Information file in August 2007. The description should be:<br />

001234 MD 200708<br />

• To validate the individual records in the file immediately after it is uploaded,<br />

make sure the “Validate Immediately” check box is selected. Validation<br />

checks that the records in the uploaded file are in the correct format and that<br />

all necessary information is included. To validate the records later (for<br />

example, if a different person or department checks the records than the<br />

person / department who uploads the file), clear this check box. In this case,<br />

the employer will need to validate the records at a later time. Changes will be<br />

complete after you validate the records, correct any errors (or delete the<br />

records containing errors), and submit any corrected records.<br />

• If you want to clear the information you entered into this window, click<br />

“Clear.” This will empty all the fields on the screen.<br />

• When you are ready to transmit the file, click “Upload.” This transmits the file<br />

to PSERS. An error message will be displayed immediately if any errors are<br />

found in the file format, or if the file header does not reconcile with the records<br />

in the file. In this case, the file cannot be used in its current form. Review the<br />

error(s) and make the necessary changes to your file in whatever software<br />

program was used to create the file. Then, upload the new file.<br />

• The file will be loaded into the Work Area if it passes the format and header<br />

check. Also, if the “Validate Immediately” option was selected, the records<br />

will be checked to make sure they are in a valid format and that all necessary<br />

information is included. At this point, a summary of the results will be<br />

displayed, such as:<br />

164<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Records Transmitted: 330 shows number of records that were<br />

transmitted from the file<br />

Records Validated: 330 shows number of records that were<br />

validated (“0” if not performed)<br />

Status: Valid Records: 327 shows number of records that passed<br />

validation check, if performed<br />

Invalid Records: 3 shows number of records that failed<br />

validation check, if performed<br />

Elapsed Time: 900ms shows amount of time the upload<br />

and validation check took<br />

All records in the uploaded file, whether validated or not, are placed in the<br />

Work Area. They will NOT be submitted to PSERS automatically. You<br />

MUST go to the particular Work Area to check the records, correct any errors,<br />

and approve the records before they will be submitted to PSERS.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

165


Chapter<br />

15<br />

Work Area – File Window<br />

Created by File Upload<br />

The File window displays the file that was just uploaded as well as files that were<br />

uploaded in the past. From the File window, you have the following options:<br />

• Status: Use this drop-down menu to view only files that meet a certain<br />

criterion. This also changes the options that are available from this screen.<br />

The Status choices are:<br />

All displays all files you have transmitted to the system. You will see an<br />

option to continue to the next “page” in the file list if there are more files<br />

than fit on the screen.<br />

Not Validated displays files that have been transmitted but have not yet been<br />

through the validation check.<br />

Validated displays only files that have been through the validation check but<br />

have not yet been approved. Use this to see the files you are working on<br />

and still need to have approved.<br />

Approved displays files that have already been submitted to PSERS. The<br />

records in these files can no longer be edited, but they can be viewed.<br />

Approved with Errors displays files that were submitted to PSERS with<br />

uncorrected errors in some records. The records in these files can no<br />

longer be edited or resubmitted, but they can be viewed.<br />

• Select: Use this check box to select the file(s) to be affected by the next<br />

action you take, such as “Approve.”<br />

Note: You cannot select files while Status is set to view “All” files. You must<br />

first change Status to the desired setting, to ensure that the option you want<br />

to apply is valid for all of the files you select.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

167


• Validate: The option appears in the lower part of the screen if Status<br />

is set to view “Not Validated” files.<br />

• Select one or more files and click “Validate” to validate the records in the<br />

selected file(s). Validation checks that the records in the uploaded file are in<br />

the correct format and that all necessary information is included. You will<br />

need to correct any records that do not pass the validation check before they<br />

can be submitted to PSERS.<br />

• New File: Click if you need to upload another file.<br />

• Delete File: Click to delete the selected file(s) entirely. This can only be<br />

done before a file has been approved for submission to PSERS. Use this<br />

option if a file contains an error in the file header or contains too many errors<br />

to correct, and you want to delete it and upload a new file instead.<br />

• Approve: This option appears if Status is set to view “Validated” files. Select<br />

one or more files and click “Approve” to approve ALL records in the selected<br />

file(s) and submit these to PSERS. You should only approve the files after<br />

you have made all the necessary changes and you are ready to submit the<br />

records. Once you approve the file, the records cannot be deleted or<br />

changed.<br />

After you approve the file, the records in it can only be viewed for reference.<br />

They can no longer be edited or deleted in the Work Area. If you approve the<br />

file but some of the records still contain errors, those records will NOT be<br />

posted to the system. At this point, they cannot be fixed and submitted to<br />

PSERS. Instead, create a Work Report Adjustment File with the correct<br />

information and submit these records to PSERS. Delays in reporting Member<br />

(Employee) Contributions may cause you to be charged delinquency interest.<br />

For all of these reasons, a file should only be approved if the display indicates<br />

that ALL of the records in the file are valid. The number in the “Valid Rows”<br />

column should match the number in the “Rows Imported” column and in the<br />

“Rows Processed” column. The “Not Processed Rows” and “Invalid Rows”<br />

columns should both show “0.”<br />

If the file contains any invalid records, those will be indicated in the “Invalid<br />

Rows” column. In this case, click “Detail” to view the records and correct the<br />

errors before approving the records.<br />

• Detail: Click to view the records in the file in a detailed format. This option<br />

lets you check that information is in the right field for each employee. It also<br />

allows you to edit the information for a particular employee or to delete an<br />

employee’s record if you want to submit it later instead.<br />

Clicking “Detail” will take you to the Record Detail window described in Work<br />

Area – Record Detail Window on page 171.<br />

Note: The file must be validated before the records can be viewed in detail.<br />

168<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Manual Files Created Online<br />

You must select the “Manual” button to view this Work Area. The system will<br />

automatically default to “Import” if you do not choose “Manual”. The following options<br />

are available from the File Window screen:<br />

• Status: Use this drop-down menu to view only files that were created online<br />

and that meet a certain criterion. This also changes the options that are<br />

available from this screen. The Status choices are:<br />

All displays all files that you created online. You will see an option to<br />

continue to the next “page” in the file list if there are more files than fit on<br />

the screen.<br />

Validated displays only files created online but not yet approved for<br />

submission to PSERS.<br />

Not Validated displays files created online but that have not yet been through<br />

the validation check. Check the file under “Select” to validate these<br />

records. This does not apply to manual reports.<br />

Approved displays files created online and already approved for submission<br />

to PSERS. You can view but can no longer edit these records if PSERS<br />

has released them already.<br />

Approved with Errors displays files created online and submitted to PSERS<br />

with uncorrected errors in some records. This does not apply to manual<br />

reports.<br />

• Select: Use this check box to select the file(s) to be affected by the next<br />

action you take, such as “Approve” or “Delete.”<br />

Note: You cannot select files while Status is set to view “All” files. You must<br />

first change Status to the desired setting, to ensure that the option you want<br />

to apply is valid for all of the files you select.<br />

Important: Employers can now delete file that have not been approved.<br />

• New Report / New Adjustment: Click if you need to create another file.<br />

• Approve: This option appears if Status is set to view “Validated” a file.<br />

Select one or more files and click “Approve” to approve ALL records in the<br />

selected file(s) and submit these to PSERS. This should only be done when<br />

the file is complete and correct and all records in it are ready to be submitted.<br />

Each night, PSERS releases all files approved for submission, except for<br />

Court Awards that must be reviewed before being released. PSER will<br />

automatically apply the information found in the files to your account with<br />

PSERS and to your employees’ accounts. After that time, you cannot change<br />

the file.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

169


You may view a file after PSERS has released it. Use the Approved option<br />

to do this.<br />

If your file still contains invalid information when it is approved for submission<br />

to PSERS, these entries will be rejected.<br />

• Edit: Click to edit the records in the file, to add or delete records. Clicking<br />

“Edit” will take you to the Record Detail window described in Work Area --<br />

Record Detail Window on page 171.<br />

170<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

16<br />

Work Area – Record Detail Window<br />

You have the following options from the Record Detail window:<br />

• Status: Use this drop-down menu to view only records that meet a certain<br />

criterion:<br />

All displays all of the records in the selected file. Records with errors or<br />

exceptions will be highlighted in the list.<br />

Non validated displays records that have been added or edited and have not<br />

yet been validated.<br />

Valid displays only records that have been through the validation check and<br />

are found to be in a valid format.<br />

Invalid displays records that have been through the validation check and are<br />

found to contain errors. You must correct all errors before the record can<br />

be submitted to PSERS.<br />

Exceptions: Records with non-standard data. They are shown for your<br />

reference so you can verify that the non-standard data is correct. These<br />

are often contribution rate discrepancies.<br />

• Scroll: Use the vertical scroll bar to see additional records. Use the<br />

horizontal scroll bar to view the fields in a particular record without editing that<br />

record.<br />

• Delete: Select the “Delete” check box for any records that you should delete<br />

rather than submit to PSERS. After you checked all desired records, click<br />

“Delete” under the horizontal scroll bar.<br />

• Validate: Click to run the validation process again. If you added, deleted, or<br />

edited any records, revalidate before submitting the records to PSERS.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

171


• Save: Click to save any changes you made to the records. Do this after you<br />

have finished all adding, deleting, and editing of records. If you exit the<br />

Record Detail window (for example, if you log out or go to another part of the<br />

system) without saving, you will lose ALL changes you made since the last<br />

save. In this case, any records you added will be lost, any records you<br />

deleted will be restored, and any records you edited will be returned to their<br />

previous information. It is advisable to save your work periodically during the<br />

editing session if you are editing extensively.<br />

• Add: Click to add another record to the current batch. You will be prompted<br />

to enter the additional employee’s social security number. A new record with<br />

this social security number will be added to the Record Detail window. The<br />

other fields for this employee will be blank and will need to be filled in by<br />

editing the record. Use the “Add” function when an employee is left out of the<br />

batch by mistake or if an employee’s social security number was incorrect in<br />

the file that was submitted. This field cannot be edited so you would need to<br />

delete the incorrect record and add a correct record.<br />

• Cancel: Click to cancel ALL changes you made to the records since the last<br />

“Save.” This will delete any records you added and will return any records<br />

you edited to their previous information. It will also restore any records you<br />

deleted.<br />

• Edit: If you need to change the information in a record, you can do so by<br />

clicking in the desired field and changing that field on the spot. If preferred,<br />

you can click “Edit” to the left of the record to edit the information in the Edit<br />

window. This window provides more information about the error(s) and<br />

exception(s) in the record. It also validates the information you add or edit.<br />

Near the top of the window, you will see any errors that need to be corrected<br />

for this record as well as any exceptions that you should verify are correct.<br />

Edit the information in each field to correct any errors. When done editing,<br />

click “Update Import” to accept the changes you made and exit from this<br />

window. Click “Cancel” to exit from this window without saving any changes.<br />

172<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• Search: Employers are able to search for individuals within a work report<br />

by name or social security number. Employers can also search by type of<br />

error in a report and print the names of the employees whose entry<br />

contain errors. This will enable employers to work offline to correct or<br />

verify information.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

173


Chapter<br />

17<br />

Submitting Records to PSERS<br />

You will be ready to submit your records to PSERS after you have…<br />

• Finished adding, deleting, and editing records in the Record Detail<br />

window.<br />

and…<br />

• Clicked “Save” to save your changes.<br />

Click “Work Area” in the sub-menu on the left-hand side of the screen to submit your<br />

finalized, saved file. This will return you to the File window.<br />

Change “Status” to display only “Validated” files. Then, click the check box to select<br />

the file and finally click “Approve” to send the file to PSERS.<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

175


You will see the following message in a pop-up window:<br />

Click OK. The file has now been submitted to PSERS. It will disappear from the<br />

Validated screen since it no longer falls in the category of being validated but not<br />

submitted. After this, change “Status” to display “Approved” files to see the file.<br />

176<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

18<br />

How PSERS Responds to Work<br />

Reports and Payments<br />

Via the U.S. Postal Service on the time schedule indicated, PSERS will send you the<br />

following statements about your reports and payments to PSERS.<br />

• An Employer Statement of Accounts, sent on the 21 st of each month. This<br />

statement shows payments made for employee and employer contributions,<br />

Purchase of Service Installments, and a list of all monies associated with<br />

approved Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments.<br />

• A Delinquency Letter, if you have a past due balance on Member (employee)<br />

contributions, Member Purchase of Service Installments, or Employer<br />

contributions. PSERS charges interest daily on payments not paid on time or<br />

pain in full. We send this letter and the Employer Statement of Accounts as a<br />

reminder to pay promptly to help minimize your interest charges. This letter is<br />

mailed on approximately the 21 st of each month if PSERS has not received<br />

the payment by that date.<br />

• A Waiver/Contribution Adjustment Letter, sent to both you and the part-time<br />

employee who waived membership but is no longer eligible to waive<br />

membership. You must:<br />

Enter the employee as a member of PSERS.<br />

Deduct contributions and send to PSERS.<br />

Submit Work Reports each month.<br />

• (This feature will be added in the future.) A letter will be sent when a parttime<br />

employee qualifies during the month of your last Work Report, and you<br />

did not report contributions. You must begin withholding contributions from<br />

this employee’s paychecks. You will also receive notification when you<br />

submit your monthly Work Report Record(s) for this employee.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

177


Employer Statement of Accounts<br />

On the 21 st of each month, PSERS will mail you an Employer Statement of Accounts<br />

to communicate with you about your Member (Employee) Contributions, Employer<br />

Contributions, and Member Purchase of Service Installments.<br />

You may also view your Employer Statement of Accounts online:<br />

1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. See Accessing<br />

the Online System on page 1 if you are not familiar with how to do this.<br />

2. Click “Account Details” in the left-hand menu from the Employer Services<br />

window. You will see a screen with basic information about your account with<br />

PSERS.<br />

3. Use the scroll box near the top of the screen to select the Employer<br />

Statement of Accounts you want to view. After selecting the statement, click<br />

“GO.” The selected Employer Statement of Accounts will appear on the<br />

screen:<br />

ABC SCHOOL DISTRICT<br />

123 MAIN ST<br />

HARRISBURG, PA 17112-1234<br />

To view a different month’s Employer Statement of Accounts, select it from the dropdown<br />

box at the top of the screen.<br />

178<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Accounts within the Statement<br />

The Employer Statement of Accounts includes three sections, one for each billing<br />

account you have with PSERS:<br />

• Member Contributions: This section summarizes the contributions your<br />

employees make to PSERS via withholding from their paychecks. You report<br />

these withholdings in your monthly Work Reports and in Work Report<br />

Adjustments.<br />

• Employer Contributions: This section summarizes your portion of the<br />

retirement contributions. Employer contributions are calculated automatically<br />

from the total qualifying salaries you report in your monthly Work Reports and<br />

in Work Report Adjustments.<br />

• Member POS (Purchase of Service) Installments: If you have any<br />

employees who are purchasing service time through payroll deductions, your<br />

statement will include a section that summarizes the Member POS<br />

Installments that you reported in your monthly Work Reports and in Work<br />

Report Adjustments.<br />

The three sections of the report are very similar in format. Each section contains a<br />

header with the same basic information, followed by transaction lines in the same<br />

layout.<br />

Statement Header<br />

At the top of each page in your Employer Statement of Accounts, you will see a<br />

header that contains the following information:<br />

• Your Employer Name, Address, and Employer Code.<br />

• The section of the report covered on this page: Member Contributions,<br />

Member POS Payments (for employee Purchase of Service Installment<br />

Payments), or Employer Contributions.<br />

• The period included in this report. All Work Reports, Work Report<br />

Adjustments, payments, and interest charges that were posted to your<br />

account during this period will be shown on this Employer Statement of<br />

Accounts.<br />

• The current date.<br />

The month of this Employer Statement of Accounts will only appear on the first page.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

179


Account Transactions<br />

Each transaction that was posted to your account during the period of this Employer<br />

Statement of Accounts will be detailed on its own line. Transactions include Work<br />

Reports, Work Reports Adjustments, payments, interest charges, and any<br />

adjustments made by PSERS in unusual circumstances. For each transaction, you<br />

will see the following information:<br />

• POST DATE: This is the date the transaction was posted to your account.<br />

For a Work Report or Work Report Adjustment, this is the date the report was<br />

released by PSERS after you submitted it. For a payment, this is the date<br />

PSERS posted the payment to your account. For interest charges and<br />

adjustments, this is the date PSERS calculated the interest or made the<br />

adjustment.<br />

• TRANS TYPE: This indicates the type of transaction: a Work Report (WH<br />

Report), a Work Report Adjustment (WH Adj.), a Payment, an Interest<br />

charge, or an Adjustment PSERS made.<br />

• Interest charges are listed under the Work Report or Work Report Adjustment<br />

for which they were generated.<br />

• DUE DATE: This indicates when the amount in the “DUE AMT” column is<br />

due at PSERS.<br />

• TRANS #: PSERS will assign a transaction identification number to every<br />

Work Report, Work Report Adjustment, payment, interest charge, and any<br />

miscellaneous adjustment made by PSERS.<br />

• DESCRIPTION: This provides more detail on the transaction. For example:<br />

Identifies the Work Report or Work Report Adjustment posted.<br />

Identifies the deposit date a payment is received.<br />

Identifies the transaction for which the payment is applied.<br />

• DUE AMT: This shows the amount you must remit to PSERS for each<br />

transaction. This column will only be filled in for transactions that require<br />

payment, such as a Work Report, Work Report Adjustment, interest charge,<br />

or any miscellaneous adjustment created by PSERS.<br />

• PAID AMT: This shows the amount you have remitted to PSERS for a<br />

particular transaction. Payments are displayed in parentheses to indicate a<br />

negative amount.<br />

180<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• END BAL: This shows the balance of a transaction (amounts due minus<br />

amounts remitted). The End Balance is the amount you still owe to PSERS<br />

for that transaction or the credit to your account from the transaction.<br />

Example: If you owe $35,000 in member contributions between a Work<br />

Report and a Work Report Adjustment and make a payment for $30,000, you<br />

would see the following transactions in your Employer Statement of Accounts<br />

(only the columns relevant to this example are shown):<br />

TRANS TYPE TRANS # DESCRIPTION DUE AMT. PAID AMT. END BAL.<br />

WH Report 201 Billing Rpt 2004-12 $20,000.00<br />

203 Payment Ref#12345 – 203 ($20,000.00)<br />

Trans. Balance $0.00<br />

WH Adj. 202 Correction to WR 12-2004 $15,000.00<br />

203 Payment Ref#12345 – 203 ($10,000.00)<br />

Trans. Balance $5,000.00<br />

Payment 203 Dep Date 01/10/2005<br />

Check 12345 ($30,000.00)<br />

201 Billing Rpt 2004-12 $20,000.00<br />

202 Correction to WR 12-2004 $10,000.00<br />

Trans. Balance $0.00<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

181


Account Totals<br />

If you have submitted your Work Reports for the entire quarter, your Employer<br />

Statement of Accounts will show your amount due for that quarter. At the bottom of<br />

each section of the Employer Statement of Accounts, you will see line totaling these<br />

columns:<br />

• DUE AMT: The total owed to PSERS.<br />

• PAID AMT: The total remitted to PSERS.<br />

• END BAL: The balance as of this date.<br />

Employees Missing from the Employer Statement of Accounts<br />

Contributions remitted to PSERS for an employee who is not in the system will<br />

remain as a credit in your Member Contributions account until you successfully<br />

submit the employee’s Work Report Record. To do this, you must enter the<br />

employee as a member of PSERS by doing the following:<br />

1. Submit Member Demographic Information.<br />

2. Submit at least one Member Contract Record.<br />

3. Submit either a Work Report or a Work Report Adjustment Record for the<br />

employee.<br />

Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter<br />

You may receive an Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter if you did not submit<br />

one or more of the required monthly Work Reports within a quarter or if one or more<br />

of these Work Reports was invalid. PSERS sends this letter in addition to the<br />

Employer Statement of Accounts. You must add the amount in the addendum letter<br />

to the amount shown in your Employer Statement of Accounts to determine the<br />

amount you owe to PSERS.<br />

An Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter:<br />

• Is sent to you approximately 45 days after the end of the quarter.<br />

• Shows your estimated amount due for the unreported period (based on<br />

your reports for the same period in the previous fiscal year.<br />

• Is a valid bill and MUST be paid.<br />

Note: You may calculate a more accurate “estimate” and pay that amount in lieu<br />

of a PSERS estimate. To determine your Employer Contributions, multiply your<br />

total reportable salaries for the unfinalized month(s) by your employer contribution<br />

rate.<br />

Remember, you will not receive an Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter if<br />

you submit your monthly Work Report by the 20 th of every month.<br />

Either before or after paying your estimated amount, you must submit the missed<br />

monthly Work Report(s) to PSERS. PSERS will compare the amount from this<br />

Work Report with the estimate that was paid and will show the difference on your<br />

next Employer Statement of Accounts.<br />

182<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Remaining Balance Due After Estimated Payment<br />

If you have paid an estimated amount, submitted your missing monthly Work<br />

Report(s), and your next Employer Statement of Accounts shows a remaining<br />

balance in any account, the balance in this account will accrue interest charges<br />

unless you paid all overdue amounts within this account PLUS at least the<br />

following percent of the current due amount by the due date shown:<br />

• For Employer Contributions, you must pay at least 60% of any due amount by<br />

the due date (see Due Dates on page 82), plus 100% of any overdue<br />

amount, or interest will accrue.<br />

• For Member Contributions, you must pay at least 90% of any due amount<br />

by the due date (the 10 th of the month following the month in the Work<br />

Report), plus 100% of any overdue amount, or interest will accrue.<br />

• For Member POS Installment Payments, you must pay 100% of any due<br />

amount by the due date (the 10 th of the month following the month in the<br />

Work Report), plus 100% of any overdue amount, or interest will accrue.<br />

Interest accrues separately within each account (Member Contributions, Member<br />

POS Payments, and Employer Contributions).<br />

You must remit to PSERS the remaining amount owed in each account by the<br />

appropriate due date. See Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185 for more<br />

information.<br />

Remaining Credit After Estimated Payment<br />

If you have paid an estimated amount, submitted your missing monthly Work<br />

Report(s), and your next Employer Statement of Accounts shows a credit, this<br />

credit will be carried forward to the next time period. If you want to receive a<br />

refund instead, you must request this in writing.<br />

If there is a difference between your records and the information in your Employer<br />

Statement of Account, you may need to submit a Work Report Adjustment to<br />

resolve the difference. Examine your records carefully to determine the cause of<br />

the discrepancy.<br />

No Wages and Contributions Report for Employees Entered<br />

as Members of PSERS<br />

PSERS will generate a Member Summary Listing Report showing any employees<br />

you entered as members. You should double check all employees showing zero<br />

salary and contributions to make sure you did not inadvertently omit the employee<br />

from your monthly Work Reports. PSERS will mail you this report after you file your<br />

June Work Report. You can also contact PSERS to request this report for any<br />

school year beginning with 2004-2005.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

183


Employer’s Member Current Account Balance Report<br />

You will receive a Employer’s Member Current Account Balance Report around the<br />

same time a Member Statement of Account is sent to every member of PSERS. This<br />

report is mailed annually directly to the employer.<br />

The report will indicate each employee’s:<br />

• social security number<br />

• name<br />

• member status (A- Active, PQ- Pending Qualification)<br />

• employee contribution rate<br />

• total PSERS credited service<br />

The totals will include ALL school service rendered with ALL employers and service<br />

purchased as of the date the report is produced.<br />

Employees who had a break in service prior to July 1, 1973, who did not refund<br />

their contributions and interest, may not have the prior service included in the current<br />

account balance.<br />

Please have the employee contact PSERS with as much information as possible<br />

about the prior service, such as the dates of employment, the old account number if<br />

available, former name, and name of employer. The records will be combined, and<br />

the employee will receive written verification of the total service.<br />

184<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

19<br />

Payments – Remitting to PSERS<br />

There are three types of payments you, as an employer, must make to PSERS during<br />

each fiscal year:<br />

• Member (Employee) Contributions<br />

• Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments<br />

• Employer Contributions<br />

You must remit all payments to PSERS by the due dates described below. Use the<br />

remittance method described under Methods of Remittance. Details about each type of<br />

payment and the interest charges that may apply to it are provided in the other parts of<br />

this section.<br />

Due Dates<br />

Member (Employee) Contributions: Remit no later than 10 days after the close of the<br />

month for which deductions were withheld.<br />

Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments: Remit no later than 10 days<br />

after the close of the month for which deductions were withheld.<br />

Employer Contributions: Payments for actual or estimated billings are due quarterly.<br />

Payment must be received at PSERS five business days after the Commonwealth pays<br />

their retirement contribution subsidies.<br />

Quarter<br />

Employer Contribution Due Date<br />

3 rd (July-September) December 26, 2007<br />

4 th (October- December) March 23, 2007<br />

1 st (January-March) June 25, 2007<br />

2 nd (April-June) September 25, 2007<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

185


Member (Employee) Contributions<br />

These are your employees’ portion of their retirement contributions. PSERS will<br />

calculate the amount due each month from the salaries you report in your monthly Work<br />

Reports and Work Report Adjustments based on each employee’s contribution rate.<br />

In most cases, you will have withheld these contributions from your employees’<br />

paychecks, but there may be times when your withholdings do not match the amount<br />

that PSERS calculates is due. This situation is described in more detail under Avoiding<br />

Interest Charges.<br />

You must remit Member (Employee) Contributions to PSERS as follows:<br />

• Member (Employee) Contributions are due at PSERS by the 10 th of each month<br />

for the previous month.<br />

• If the Member (Employee) Contributions you remit to PSERS are less than 90%<br />

of the amount due for that month, PSERS will charge interest on the unpaid<br />

amount at a rate of 6% per annum. PSERS will assess interest charges on the<br />

21 st of each month for each day the payment was late starting with the 11 th of the<br />

month and continuing until we receive full payment,<br />

• If you pay 90% or more but less than 100% of the amount due, you must pay the<br />

remainder by the 10 th of the month following the due date. If you do not pay<br />

100% of the remaining balance by the 10 th of this following month, PSERS will<br />

charge interest on the unpaid amount each day from the original due date until<br />

full payment is received.<br />

Example: If you withheld $100,000 in Member (Employee) Contributions during<br />

the month of February, you must remit at least $90,000 to PSERS by March 10 th .<br />

If you remit less than this amount, you will be charged interest on the remaining<br />

due amount each day starting on March 11 th and continuing until you remit<br />

payment in full. If the full $100,000 is not received by April 10 th , interest will be<br />

charged on the remaining due amount each day starting on March 11 th and<br />

continuing until the full $100,000 has been remitted.<br />

• All Member (Employee) Contribution payments you make based on the due date<br />

and posting date will be applied to the oldest Member (Employee) Contribution<br />

receivable in your account at PSERS. Member (Employee) Contribution<br />

receivables include:<br />

<br />

<br />

Each month’s Member (Employee) Contribution amount, as reported in<br />

that month’s Work Report and in any Work Report Adjustments.<br />

Any interest that has been charged for late payment of a month’s<br />

Member (Employee) Contribution amount.<br />

186<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments<br />

At any given time, some of your employees may be purchasing service credit through<br />

payroll deductions. In this case, you must include these deductions in your monthly<br />

Work Reports, and you must remit these installment payments to PSERS as follows:<br />

• Member Purchase of Service (POS) Installment payments are due at PSERS by<br />

the 10 th of each month for the previous month.<br />

• If the Member POS Installments you remit to PSERS are less than 100% of the<br />

amount due for that month, you will be charged interest on the unpaid amount at<br />

a rate of 6% per annum until payment in full is received. PSERS will assess<br />

interest charges on the 21 st of each month for each day the payment was late,<br />

starting with the 11 th of the month and continuing until full payment is received.<br />

Example: If you withheld $10,000 in Member POS Installments during the<br />

month of February, you must remit $10,000 to PSERS by March 10 th . If you<br />

remit less than this amount, you will be charged interest on the remaining due<br />

amount each day starting on March 11 th .<br />

For more information on interest charges, see Delinquency Interest Calculations<br />

on page 190.<br />

• All Member POS Installment payments you make will be applied to the oldest<br />

Member POS Installment receivable based on the due date and posting date in<br />

your account at PSERS. Member POS Installment receivables include:<br />

<br />

<br />

Each month’s Member POS Installment amount, as reported in that<br />

month’s Work Report and in any Work Report Adjustments.<br />

Any interest that has been charged for late payment of a month’s<br />

Member POS Installment amount.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

187


Employer Contributions<br />

You must pay your (the employer) share of your employees’ retirement contributions on<br />

a quarterly basis. The amount due is based on the total salaries you reported during that<br />

quarter in your monthly Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments.<br />

PSERS will mail an Employer Statement of Accounts to you each month so you can see<br />

the amount due for each quarter as that quarter progresses and after it has ended. See<br />

How PSERS Responds to Work Reports and Payments on page 177 for details on this<br />

statement.<br />

An Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter, if needed, is sent as an ad hoc letter 45<br />

days after the end of each quarter. This letter shows any estimated amount due in<br />

addition to the amount shown in your Employer Statement of Accounts. If you have<br />

received an Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter, add this amount to the amount<br />

shown in your Employer Statement of Accounts to determine how much to pay to<br />

PSERS for that quarter.<br />

• You must pay your Employer Contributions to PSERS by the due dates shown<br />

on page 185.<br />

• If you pay less than 60% of the quarter’s Employer Contributions by the due date,<br />

you will be charged interest on the unpaid amount at a rate of 6% per annum.<br />

Interest charges will be assessed on the 21 st of each month for each day the<br />

payment was late, starting with the first day it was overdue.<br />

• If you pay at least 60% but less than 100% of the quarter’s Employer<br />

Contributions by the due date, you must pay the remaining amount before the<br />

next quarter’s employer payment is due, or interest will be charged starting with<br />

the original due date.<br />

Example: PSERS must receive payment for at least 60% of your<br />

January/February/March quarter’s Employer Contributions by June 23. If you do<br />

not pay 60% or more by this date, PSERS will charge interest for each day from<br />

June 24 until payment in full is received. If you DO pay 60% or more by June 23,<br />

you must pay the remainder by the time your April/May/June quarter’s Employer<br />

Contributions are due (in this example, September 23). If you do not pay 100%<br />

of the remaining balance from the January/February/ March quarter by<br />

September 23, interest will be charged on the unpaid amount each day from<br />

June 24 until full payment is received.<br />

• All employer contribution payments you make will be applied to the oldest<br />

Employer Contributions receivable based on the due dates and posting dates in<br />

your account at PSERS. Employer contribution receivables include:<br />

<br />

<br />

Each quarter’s Employer Contributions amount.<br />

Any interest that has been charged for late payment of a quarter’s<br />

Employer Contributions amount.<br />

188<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Employer Share Income Aid Ratio & Reimbursements - Act 29<br />

With the passage of Act 29, all PSERS employers that are designated as school<br />

entities (public school districts and charter schools) are subject to the following:<br />

• The school entity is billed for 100% of the employer’s share of retirement<br />

contributions.<br />

• The Commonwealth reimburses the school entity for 50% of the employer’s<br />

share of retirement contributions for their EXISTING employees.<br />

• The Commonwealth reimburses the school entity for the retirement<br />

contributions multiplied by the employer’s income/aid ratio (or 50%, whichever<br />

is greater) for their NEW employees.<br />

• The date used to determine “new” and “existing” employees is the initial date<br />

of PSERS membership.<br />

Administering Act 29 Subsidies<br />

The Pennsylvania Department of Education is responsible for administering subsidies.<br />

Please contact the Department of Education regarding all subsidy inquiries.<br />

Income Aid Ratio<br />

All questions related to the income aid ratio formula should be directed to -<br />

Barbara Nelson<br />

Department of Education<br />

Bureau of Budget and Fiscal Management<br />

(717) 787-5423<br />

Subsidy Distribution<br />

Questions pertaining to subsidy distributions and their payment should be directed to -<br />

Anita Butcher<br />

School Finance Division<br />

Labor, Education & Community Services Comptroller's Office<br />

(717) 783-9010<br />

Questions pertaining to PSERS member salaries used in subsidy distributions should<br />

be directed to -<br />

Bill Dudley<br />

Manager of General Accounting Division<br />

PSERS<br />

(717) 720-4639 or via e-mail at – wdudley@state.pa.us<br />

Non-School Entities & Act 29<br />

This change in billing and reimbursement of the employer’s share of retirement<br />

contributions does not affect non-school entities. The Commonwealth and your<br />

school district will continue to be billed for 50% of the employer share of retirement<br />

contributions.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

189


Delinquency Interest Calculations<br />

Interest is assessed on the 21 st of each month. Interest is charged by the day for any<br />

portion of a past-due amount that was not received as of that day, as follows:<br />

• Member (Employee) Contributions: You must remit at least 90% of each<br />

month’s Member (Employee) Contributions by the 10 th of the following month. If<br />

you remit less than 90% of the amount due, interest will be charged by the day for<br />

any unpaid amount. If you remit at least 90% by the due date, interest does not<br />

accrue until the 11 th of the month following the due date. If PSERS must assess<br />

interest, it will begin to accrue from the day after the due date on any unpaid<br />

amount until 100% of the original due amount has been received.<br />

• Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments: You must remit 100%<br />

of each month’s Member Purchase of Service Installments by the 10 th of the<br />

following month. If you remit less than 90% by the due date, interest does not<br />

accrue until the 11 th of the month following the due date. If PSERS must assess<br />

interest, it will begin to accrue from the day after the due date on any unpaid<br />

amount until 100% of the original due amount has been received.<br />

• Employer Contributions: You must remit at least 60% of each quarter’s<br />

Employer Contributions by the due date shown on page 82. If you remit less<br />

than 60% of the amount due, interest will be charged by the day for any unpaid<br />

amount. If you remit at least 60% by the due date, interest does not accrue until<br />

the due date for the following quarter’s Employer Contributions. If the remaining<br />

balance is not paid in full by the next due date, PSERS will charge interest from<br />

the day after the original due date until 100% of the original due amount is<br />

received.<br />

PSERS has the right, at its own discretion, to change the threshold for the due<br />

amounts.<br />

All interest is calculated at the rate of 6% per annum.<br />

190<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


If interest is due, it is calculated as shown in the following example:<br />

Example: You owe $10,000 in Member (Employee) Contributions for September 2006<br />

and another $10,000 for October 2006. You pay $8,000 on October 15, and $8,000 on<br />

November 15. Interest is charged as follows:<br />

Sep-06 $10,000.00 Monthly member contribution due October 10th<br />

- 8,000.00 Paid October 15<br />

2,000.00 Amount still owed<br />

+ 8.35 Interest due on the $10,000 (September 2006) from<br />

October 10-15<br />

+ 1.98 Additional interest due on the $2,000 still owed from<br />

October 15-21<br />

$10.33 Total interest owed for September 2006<br />

$2,010.33 New total balance due to PSERS<br />

Oct-06 $2,010.33 Balance carried forward from September<br />

$10,000.00 Monthly member contributions due November 10th<br />

- 8,000.00 Paid November 15<br />

- 2,010.33 Amount used from November 15 payment to payoff<br />

previous debt<br />

- 5,989.67 Remainder paid towards the $10,000 due on<br />

November 10<br />

4,010.33 Amount still owed<br />

+ 8.25 Interest due on the $2,000 (September 2006) from<br />

November 10-15<br />

+ 4.01 Additional interest due on the $4,010.33 still owed<br />

from November 15-21<br />

$4,030.94 New total due to PSERS<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

191


Avoiding Interest Charges<br />

Interest is calculated automatically. PSERS staff can only waive interest charges under<br />

exceptional circumstances. It is your responsibility to pay your due amounts by the<br />

appropriate date and to pay any interest that is charged for late payments.<br />

• Unpaid contributions and subsequent interest charges may be recovered from<br />

your Basic Education Subsidy distribution from the Department of Education.<br />

• For charter schools, Act 9 of May 17, 2001, allows PSERS to collect<br />

delinquent employer and employee contribution payments due from a charter<br />

school through the sponsoring district’s state subsidy. When the PSERS<br />

Board of Trustees certifies a delinquency, the Department of Education will<br />

pay the delinquent amount directly to PSERS rather than to the charter school.<br />

To avoid interest charges, we suggest you take the following steps:<br />

• If you are mailing a check, mail it at least five days before it is due to ensure it<br />

arrives by the due date. For payments that are due by the 10 th of the month, this<br />

means you should mail each check by the 5 th of the month.<br />

• Always include a payment coupon with your check as described under Methods<br />

of Remittance. If there is no payment coupon, the bank will forward the check<br />

to PSERS, which will delay processing of this check. The payment will not<br />

count as received until the check arrives at PSERS.<br />

• Always check the amount you remit against your Employer Statement of<br />

Accounts. An Employer Statement of Accounts is mailed to you each month so<br />

you can see any discrepancies between the amount you remitted to PSERS and<br />

the amount that was due. This statement also shows any interest charges to<br />

your account allowing you to adjust your payments to cover these. For details on<br />

this statement, see How PSERS Responds to Work Reports and Payments on<br />

page 177.<br />

• Correct your employees’ contribution rates promptly if you are notified of a<br />

mismatch. If you withhold at the wrong contribution rate, you will see a<br />

message about this when you submit monthly Work Report Records for this<br />

employee. If you receive this message, correct the contribution rate in your<br />

accounting software. You will need to work directly with the employee to<br />

collect or refund the extra contributions.<br />

• Submit your monthly Work Reports before the 10 th of the month. This allows<br />

you to check the total amount of your Member (Employee) Contributions and<br />

Member Purchase of Service Installments before you remit these to PSERS.<br />

192<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


When your Employer Statement of Accounts shows a different<br />

due amount than you remitted<br />

It is your responsibility to reconcile differences. Compare all contributions posted by<br />

PSERS and displayed on the Employer Statement of Accounts to the contributions<br />

actually withheld from your employees’ paychecks.<br />

If the total amount remitted is lower than the charge<br />

This indicates you have under-withheld contributions from one or more employees.<br />

You are responsible for collecting those contributions from the employee(s). The<br />

employee’s personal check should be made payable to you, the employer. You<br />

should include that amount with your next Member (Employee) Contributions payment<br />

to PSERS or sooner to avoid interest charges.<br />

If the total amount remitted exceeds the charge<br />

Examine your records to determine if contributions were withheld from employees at<br />

too high a rate or were withheld from employees who did not qualify for PSERS<br />

membership. You should return to the employee(s) any excess contributions<br />

withheld. The credit amount can be deducted from your next payment amount due.<br />

If your withholdings were correct, you may have under-reported salaries and<br />

contributions in your monthly Work Reports. In this case, submit a Work Report<br />

Adjustment to correct the error(s).<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

193


Methods of Remittance<br />

Payment By Check with a Payment Coupon<br />

Make the check payable to the Public School Employees’ Retirement System. Mail<br />

the payment to:<br />

Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />

PO Box 643623<br />

Pittsburgh, PA 15264-3623<br />

Do not mix different types of payments in the same check. Send separate checks for<br />

your Member (Employee) Contributions, Member Purchase of Service Installments,<br />

and Employer Contributions.<br />

• If you combine different types of payments in a single check, this check will be<br />

forwarded to PSERS at our Harrisburg address. PSERS will charge interest if<br />

this forwarding causes the payment to be received after the due date.<br />

• Include a payment coupon with your payment. Do NOT include any other<br />

paperwork (such as a copy of your payroll records). Any extra paperwork will<br />

be thrown away and may cause a delay in processing your payment.<br />

• If you send a check to the Pittsburgh address without a payment coupon, this<br />

check will be forwarded to PSERS at the Harrisburg address. PSERS will<br />

charge interest if this forwarding causes the payment to be received after the<br />

due date.<br />

The appropriate coupon MUST accompany the check:<br />

• Include a Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions (PSRS-70) coupon<br />

with all Member Contribution payments.<br />

• Include a Monthly Remittance of Member POS Installments (PSRS-2025)<br />

coupon with all Member Purchase of Service Installment payments.<br />

• Include an Employer Contribution Remittances (PSRS-608) coupon with all<br />

Employer Contribution payments.<br />

These coupons are detailed later in this section.<br />

194<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Payment By Check WITHOUT a Payment Coupon<br />

Do NOT send a check to the Pittsburgh address if:<br />

• The check does not have a payment coupon.<br />

• You are including additional documentation needed by PSERS to process the<br />

payment.<br />

Instead, mail the check to:<br />

Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />

PO Box 125<br />

Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />

Completion of Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions<br />

Coupon (PSRS-70)<br />

You must complete this coupon when submitting Member (Employee) Contribution<br />

payments to PSERS. Submit the coupon with the payment.<br />

Each June, all employers who remit payment for Member Contributions by check are<br />

provided with a supply of Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions coupons.<br />

If you do not receive your coupons, you can obtain the Monthly Remittance of<br />

Employee Contributions by contacting the Accounts Receivable Unit at<br />

1-888-773-7748, extension 4906.<br />

The coupon is pre-filled with your reporting unit name and four-digit identification<br />

number. You should write the amount of the payment on the line provided.<br />

Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions (PSRS-70)<br />

If you are paying interest or more than one month’s Member Contributions, you do not<br />

need to note this – simply fill in the total. PSERS will apply the payment to the oldest<br />

Member Contribution receivable automatically. After filling in the dollar amount, send<br />

the coupon and your check to our Pittsburgh address.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

195


Completion of Monthly Remittance of Member POS<br />

Installments Coupon (PSRS-2025)<br />

This coupon must be completed when submitting Member Purchase of Service<br />

Installment payments to PSERS. Submit the coupon with the payment.<br />

Each June, all employers who remit payment for Member Purchase of Service<br />

Installments by check are provided with a supply of Monthly Remittance of Member<br />

POS Installments coupons.<br />

If you do not receive your coupons, you can obtain the Monthly Remittance of Member<br />

POS Installments by contacting the Accounts Receivable Unit at 1-888-773-7748,<br />

extension 4906.<br />

The coupon is pre-filled with your reporting unit name and four-digit identification<br />

number.<br />

Monthly Remittance of Member POS Installments (PSRS-2025)<br />

If you are paying interest or more than one month’s Member Purchase of Service<br />

Installments, you do not need to note this – simply fill in the total. PSERS will apply<br />

the payment to the oldest Member Purchase of Service Installments receivable<br />

automatically. After filling in the dollar amount, send the coupon and your check to<br />

our Pittsburgh address.<br />

Completion of Employer Contribution Remittance (PSRS-608)<br />

This coupon must be completed when submitting Employer Contribution payments to<br />

PSERS. Submit the coupon with the payment.<br />

Each June, all employers who remit payment for Employer Contributions by check are<br />

provided with a supply of Employer Contribution Remittances coupons.<br />

If you do not receive your coupons, you can obtain the Employer Contribution<br />

Remittances coupons by contacting the Accounts Receivable Unit at 1-888-773-7748,<br />

extension 4906.<br />

The coupon is pre-filled with your reporting unit name and four-digit identification<br />

number.<br />

196<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Employer Contribution Remittances (PSRS-608)<br />

If you are paying interest or more than one quarter’s Employer Contributions, you do<br />

not need to note this – simply fill in the total. PSERS will apply the payment to the<br />

oldest Employer Contributions receivable automatically. After filling in the dollar<br />

amount, send the coupon and your check to our Pittsburgh address.<br />

Payment by Automated Clearing House (ACH)<br />

ACH is a method where funds from your (the employer’s) bank account are<br />

transferred directly to PSERS through the Federal Reserve System. There are two<br />

methods for making a payment:<br />

• Internet method<br />

• Touch-tone method<br />

Internet Method<br />

To make a payment via the Internet Method, you must log on to PNC Bank’s Cash<br />

Concentration website. This web address is included with the instructions that are sent<br />

along with your authorization to use the ACH method.<br />

• Enter your company ID, user ID, and your password.<br />

• Click on “Initiate Transaction”.<br />

• Enter the dollar amount and the effective date of the payment using the<br />

mm/dd/yy format for the date. (Example: Enter 06/09/07 if the effective<br />

date is June 6, 2007.) Click “Continue”.<br />

• Verify the data you entered and click “Approve” to submit the transaction.<br />

• Print the Transaction Confirmation page. Keep this for your records in case a<br />

change must be made to the original transaction.<br />

• Click “Log Out” before you exit the website.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

197


Touch-tone Method<br />

The toll-free phone number is 1-800-251-5172.<br />

Upon answering your call, the system will deliver a welcome message with a reminder<br />

to dial a # sign after each entry.<br />

• The system first prompts for the company ID, a user ID, and a password.<br />

• When prompted for the deposit amount, enter the amount in dollars and cents<br />

using the star key (*) for the decimal point. (Example: Enter 750*00 for<br />

$750.00.) Follow your entry with the # sign.<br />

• The system will state, “You have entered xxx dollars and yy cents. Is that<br />

correct?” Enter 1 if correct or 0 if incorrect, followed by the # sign.<br />

• If you enter 1 for correct, the system will generate a confirmation number,<br />

which will be stated twice. You should record this number.<br />

• If you enter 0 for incorrect, the system will prompt you for the amount again.<br />

• Enter the effective date of the payment using the mmddyy format. (Example:<br />

Enter 060907 if the effective date is June 6, 2007.)<br />

• When done, enter the # sign and hang up.<br />

ACH Payment Corrections<br />

For corrections or deletions, please call 1-800-251-5172 and have your confirmation<br />

number ready.<br />

ACH Assistance<br />

For information about submitting payments via ACH, contact the Accounts Receivable<br />

Unit at 1-888-773-7748, extension 4906 or 4898.<br />

If Payments Are Not Received by PSERS<br />

School Districts<br />

Unpaid contributions and subsequent interest charges may be recovered from your<br />

Basic Education Subsidy distribution from the Department of Education.<br />

Charter Schools<br />

Act 9 of May 17, 2001, allows PSERS to collect delinquent employer and employee<br />

contribution payments due from a charter school through the sponsoring district’s<br />

state subsidy.<br />

When the PSERS Board of Trustees certifies a delinquency, the Department of<br />

Education will pay the delinquent amount directly to PSERS rather than to the charter<br />

school.<br />

198<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Chapter<br />

20<br />

Refund of Contributions / Credit for<br />

Salary Reported<br />

There are occasions when you may have reported salaries, whether actually paid or<br />

not, to PSERS and may have paid contributions for employees who did not meet<br />

membership eligibility requirements for the time that was reported. There are three<br />

primary occasions when this happens:<br />

• If you withhold contributions from the first day of employment for a part-time<br />

employee who does not work at least 80 days or 500 hours during that school<br />

year.<br />

• If you report salary (whether actually paid or not) for an employee who is on<br />

any contributing leave EXCEPT for an activated military leave of absence,<br />

and this employee does not return from the leave or upon returning does not<br />

remain in your employ for a period of time at least equal to the length of the<br />

leave.<br />

• If you report salary for an employee who is on any contributing leave, and this<br />

employee voluntarily extends the leave beyond the time of the original<br />

sabbatical leave, special sick leave, exchange leave, or leave for professional<br />

study.<br />

In these situations, you are eligible to receive credit for any Employer Contributions<br />

you paid to PSERS. The employee is also eligible to receive a refund of any Member<br />

Contributions paid on this reported salary.<br />

Under certain circumstances, the school board does have the right to waive an<br />

employee’s return to employment after taking a contributing leave, such as with a<br />

special sick leave, a military leave, or a leave in which the employee died. In this<br />

case, the contributions from the leave will not be credited to you or refunded to the<br />

employee. PSERS will include the contributions as part of the benefit calculation at<br />

retirement time.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

199


You CANNOT receive a credit for Employer Contributions you paid for an employee<br />

on an activated military leave (whether contributing or non-contributing). This is true<br />

even if:<br />

• The employee does not return from the leave.<br />

• Upon returning does not remain in your employ for a period of time at least<br />

equal to the length of the leave.<br />

• Does not choose to purchase the service time from the leave.<br />

Exception: If the employee voluntarily extends their military duty beyond the time of<br />

the original military obligation, you may receive a credit for any Employer<br />

Contributions you paid during the voluntary extension. In this case, contact PSERS<br />

as described in Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />

Credit for Contributions for Part-Time Employees<br />

If a part-time employee does not qualify for PSERS membership in a school year,<br />

you are eligible to receive credit for the Employer Contributions you paid for this<br />

employee.<br />

ALL of the following must be true:<br />

• The employee worked for you part-time.<br />

• You withheld and paid contributions from the employee’s first day of<br />

employment.<br />

• You reported this employee’s salary and contributions to PSERS in your<br />

monthly Work Reports.<br />

• During the entire school year (July 1 – June 30), the employee worked fewer<br />

than 80 days, 500 hours, or the equivalent in combined hours and days<br />

among ALL of the PSERS employers for whom this employee worked.<br />

PSERS will refund the Employer Contributions you paid for these employees<br />

automatically.<br />

• PSERS will post the credit to your account after the final monthly Work Report<br />

of the fiscal (school) year is submitted and processed. This credit will typically<br />

occur in late August.<br />

• If an employee works for multiple school employers, PSERS will wait until all of<br />

these employers have submitted their last relevant monthly Work Report before<br />

issuing any credits for that employee’s salary and contributions.<br />

• PSER will issue a credit for all salary that you reported in the following fields in this<br />

employee’s monthly Work Report Records and Work Report Adjustment Records:<br />

Base, Over Time, and Supplemental. The Excess Salary and the Non Retirement<br />

Covered Compensation fields are not included in the credit process. Therefore,<br />

no contributions are paid on salary entered into these fields.<br />

200<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


• Contact PSERS as described in Contacting PSERS on page 205 if you do<br />

not receive a credit when you feel you should.<br />

• If the employee fails to qualify for membership within the school year, PSERS<br />

will automatically issue a credit to the employee during the fall of the following<br />

school year.<br />

• PSERS will remove the service time reported for the employee during the<br />

school year from the employee’s account if the employee requests and<br />

receives a refund of their contributions.<br />

• Contact PSERS as described in Contacting PSERS on page 205 to receive a<br />

credit for Employer Contributions paid for a part-time employee in a fiscal<br />

year PRIOR to 2004-2005.<br />

Example: An employee works part-time for three school employers during the 2006<br />

– 2007 school year. Each employer includes the employee in their monthly Work<br />

Reports with one employer choosing to withhold contributions from the first day of<br />

employment. The employee works 20 days and 200 hours during the school year<br />

total service among the employers. These combined values do not qualify the<br />

employee for membership in PSERS for the 2006 – 2007 school year. After all three<br />

employers have submitted their Work Reports for August 2007 (due September 10 th ,<br />

with corrections due by September 20 th ), PSERS determines that the employee did<br />

not qualify for contributions that fiscal year. For the employer who withheld<br />

contributions from the first day of employment, PSERS credits the employer’s<br />

contributions for this employee back to their account.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

201


Credit for Salaries & Contributions During a Leave of<br />

Absence<br />

You are eligible to receive a credit for Employee and Employer Contributions you<br />

paid for an employee on leave under certain circumstances.<br />

BOTH of the following must be true:<br />

• The employee was on a qualifying type of Contributing Leave. See <strong>Reporting</strong><br />

– Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />

• You reported this employee’s salary and contributions to PSERS using<br />

monthly Work Reports (with Work Status set to the type of leave).<br />

ONE of the following must also be true:<br />

• The employee did not return from the leave. To indicate this to PSERS,<br />

submit a Member Contract Record with Work Status set to “TRMNTN –<br />

Termination” and Work Status Start Date set to the date the employee should<br />

have returned and didn’t. If you do not terminate the employee manually and<br />

the employee does not return from leave, PSERS will end-date the<br />

employee’s Member Contract Record(s) automatically at the end of the time<br />

period appropriate for that type of leave.<br />

or…<br />

• The employee returned from the leave but did not remain in your employ for a<br />

period equal to the length of the leave or longer.<br />

or…<br />

• The employee voluntarily extended the leave beyond the time of the original<br />

sabbatical leave, special sick leave, exchange leave, or leave for professional<br />

study. In this case, submit a Member Contract Record with Work Status set<br />

to “TRMNTN – Termination” and Work Status Start Date set to the date the<br />

employee was originally due to return to work.<br />

You CANNOT receive a credit for Employer Contributions you paid for an employee<br />

on an activated military leave. Refer to the top of page 200 for more information.<br />

202<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Complete the Request for <strong>Reporting</strong> Unit Credit (PSRS-709) shown below. You will<br />

not receive a check for any contributions that are being refunded. Instead, a credit<br />

for the Employer Contributions and the Member (Employee) Contributions will be<br />

posted to your accounts with PSERS.<br />

Request for <strong>Reporting</strong> Unit Credit (PSRS-709)<br />

• For leaves, PSERS will issue a credit for salary reported in Base, Over Time,<br />

Supplemental, and Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation fields of<br />

monthly Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments you submit during the<br />

employee leave.<br />

• You will also receive a credit for all Member (Employee) Contributions that<br />

were paid during the leave. You are responsible for refunding these to the<br />

employee.<br />

• PSERS will remove the service time reported for the employee during the<br />

leave from the employee’s account. This is true even if the employee<br />

received partial or full salary during the leave.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

203


Chapter<br />

21<br />

Health Insurance<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

205


Chapter<br />

22<br />

Contacting PSERS<br />

Contacting PSERS through the Online System<br />

You can contact PSERS through the online system as follows:<br />

1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />

familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />

2. From the Employer Services window, click “Contact PSERS” in the left-hand<br />

menu. You will see the following screen:<br />

contactNPAS@state.pa.us<br />

Select a topic from the drop-down menu and then type your message in the<br />

“Comments” field. Include your school districts name and number along with the<br />

phone number of the contact person. When done, click “Submit.”<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

207


Contacting PSERS by Telephone or Fax<br />

The Employer Service Center can be reached at:<br />

1-888-773-7748, extension 4002<br />

or…<br />

Contact your Employer Service Center Representative directly.<br />

If you need to fax a form to PSERS, use this fax number:<br />

(717) 783-8760<br />

Refer to PSERS Telephone Directory at the end of the Employer’s Reference Manual<br />

for Member Benefits to contact another department or person at PSERS.<br />

Contacting PSERS by Mail<br />

You may mail forms and letters to PSERS at this address:<br />

Employer Service Center<br />

Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />

PO Box 125<br />

Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />

Do NOT use this address for payment by check if you are including a payment<br />

coupon. Instead, see page 194 in Methods of Remittance.<br />

Contacting PSERS by Email<br />

You may email the Employer Service Center at:<br />

ContactESC@state.pa.us<br />

Please be sure to include your name, phone number and your school district in<br />

your message.<br />

208<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING


Obtaining PSERS Forms<br />

Forms within the Online System<br />

The most commonly used forms are available directly in the online system. To view<br />

or download these forms:<br />

1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />

familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />

2. From the Employer Services window, click “Forms” in the left-hand menu.<br />

You will see the following screen:<br />

From the list of forms, you may:<br />

• View the form on your screen.<br />

or…<br />

• Download the form. Downloading saves a copy of the form on your local<br />

computer, so you can print it whenever needed.<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING<br />

209


Forms on the PSERS Website<br />

If the form you need is not available in the online system, it may be available on<br />

PSERS’ website. Direct your Web browser to:<br />

http://www.<strong>psers</strong>.state.pa.us/er/employer.htm<br />

You will see a screen similar to the following:<br />

Scroll down to see the information under the “Forms & Publications” heading.<br />

Click on the desired form to view or download this form.<br />

Paper Forms<br />

In rare cases, the form you need may not be available in the online system or on<br />

PSERS’ website. In this case, contact PSERS to obtain a copy of this form.<br />

210<br />

EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />

FOR REPORTING

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!